Jaguar Automobile 2000 Users Manual X300 00/E COVER

2000 to the manual 0d179286-ebf7-405d-ab86-031d16ad3c29

: Jaguar Jaguar-Jaguar-Automobile-2000-Users-Manual-566662 jaguar-jaguar-automobile-2000-users-manual-566662 jaguar pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 155

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

XJ Series Sedan 2000
Electrical Guide

Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JTP 720

XJ Series 2000

Introduction

Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information
for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XJ Series electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number
(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.

Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+
Battery Voltage
CAN
Controller Area Network
DI
Direction Indicator
LH
Left-Hand
LHD
Left-Hand Drive
LWB
Long Wheelbase
N/A
Normally Aspirated
NAS
North American Specification
RH
Right-Hand
RHD
Right-Hand Drive
ROW
Rest of World
SC
Supercharged
SCP
Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XJ Series Electrical System Architecture
The XJ Series system “architecture” incorporates two data networks: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive
train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem
depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the
user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XJ Series uses two serial
data buses (ISO) for diagnostics, for the security system and for the programming of certain control modules.
The XJ Series uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous Sedan vehicles.

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

1

Table of Contents

XJ Series 2000

Table of Contents: Figures ........................................................................................... 3 – 4
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 11
User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 12 – 13
Symbols and Codes ................................................................................................... 14 – 17
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 18 – 19
Main Power Distribution ............................................................................................. 20
Ground Point Location ................................................................................................ 21
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 22 – 23
Control Module Location ............................................................................................ 24 – 25
Control Module Pin Identification ............................................................................... 26 – 34
Relay and Fuse Box Location ..................................................................................... 35
Electrical Guide Figures and Data .................................................. follows after page 35
(pages are numbered by Figure number)
Appendix (CAN and SCP messages) ........................................ follows Figures and Data

2

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000

FIGURES
Fig.
Description

Table of Contents: Figures

Variant

01
Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment
and EMS Fuse Boxes ..................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02
Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03
Battery; Starter; Generator
03.1 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A ............................................ AJ27 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC .............................................. AJ27 SC Vehicles
04
04.1
04.2
04.3
04.4
04.5
04.6

......
......
......
......
......
......

Engine Management
AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ............... AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Vehicles
AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 ......................... AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles
AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .............................. AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
AJ27 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ...................................... AJ27 4.0 SC Vehicles

05
Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ27 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ27 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles
06
Chassis
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
06.2 ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles
06.3 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles
07
Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
08
Instrumentation; Audible Warnings
08.1 ...... Instrument Pack; Clock .................................................................. All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles
09
Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles
09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
10
Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener ............................................ All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

3

Table of Contents: Figures

FIGURES
Fig.
Description

XJ Series 2000

Variant

11
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4

Steering Column; Mirrors
Steering Column Movement .......................................................... Powered Column Vehicles
Mirror Movement: Memory ........................................................... Memory Vehicles
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory .................................................... Non-Memory Vehicles
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles

......
......
......
......

12
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9

Seat Systems
...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
...... Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered .......................................................... Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
...... Driver Seat: Raise / Lower .............................................................. Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered ................................................... Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB ........................................ LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
...... Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat ............................................... Heaters Only Front Seat Vehicles
...... Rear Seats: Powered ..................................................................... LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
...... Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Rear Seats ........................................ Powered Heated Rear Seat Vehicles
...... Rear Seat Heaters .......................................................................... Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles

13
Door Locking
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking: ROW ........................................................... ROW Vehicles
13.2 ...... Central Door Locking: NAS ............................................................. NAS Vehicles

14
Wash / Wipe System
14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles
15
Window Lifts; Sliding Roof
15.1 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof ............................................................. All Vehicles
16
In-Car Entertainment (ICE)
16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles
17
Communications; Navigation
17.1 ...... Telephone ...................................................................................... All Vehicles
17.2 ...... Navigation System ......................................................................... Navigation Vehicles
18
Supplementary Restraint System
18.1 ...... Airbags / Seat Belt Pre-tensioners .................................................. All Vehicles
19
Driver Assist
19.1 ...... Reverse Parking Aid System .......................................................... All Vehicles
20
Ancillaries
20.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Accessory Connectors; Cigar Lighters ............... All Vehicles
21
Vehicle Multiplex Systems
21.1 ...... CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 N/A ................................................ AJ27 N/A Vehicles
21.2 ...... CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 SC ................................................. AJ27 SC Vehicles
21.3 ...... Serial Data Links ............................................................................ All Vehicles

4

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000
A/CCM: Air Conditioning Control Module ................................. Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
ABS / Traction Control Control Module .................................... Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Accelerometers ....................................................................... Fig. 06.3
Active Security Sounder .......................................................... Fig. 13.3
Adaptive Damping Control Module .......................................... Fig. 06.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Air Assist Close Valve .............................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ........................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Air Conditioning Control Module .............................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Air Conditioning Control Panel ................................................. Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Airbag / SRS Single Point Sensor ............................................. Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3

Component Index
Body Processor Module .......................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Brake Cancel Switch ................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

Airbags .................................................................................... Fig. 18.1
Brake Fluid Reservoir ............................................................... Fig. 06.1
Ambient Temperature Sensor .................................................. Fig. 07.1
Analog Clock ............................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Antenna Motor ........................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Aspirator Assembly ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Audible Warning Speaker (Column Switchgear) ....................... Fig. 08.2

Brake Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

Auto Tilt Switch (Column Switchgear) ...................................... Fig. 11.1

CCV: Canister Close Valve ....................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4

Battery ..................................................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

CD Auto-Changer ..................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2

Blower Air Intake ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1

Cellular Telephone Control Module .......................................... Fig. 17.1

Blower Motors ........................................................................ Fig. 07.2

Center Console Switch Pack .................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Central Locking Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ............. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Cigar Lighter – Front & Rear .................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
CKPS: Crankshaft Position Sensor ........................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

5

Component Index
CMPS: Camshaft Position Sensors .......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Column Joystick (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 11.1
Coolant Level Switch ............................................................... Fig. 08.1
Cruise Control On / Off Switch ................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Cruise Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ............................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
D – 4 Switch ............................................................................ Fig. 05.1
Damper Solenoids ................................................................... Fig. 06.3
Data Link Connector ................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Dimmer Control ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Dimmer Module ...................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Direction Indicator Lamps ........................................................ Fig. 09.1
Door Control Module – Driver .................................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2

XJ Series 2000
Door Control Module – Passenger Rear ................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Door Lock Actuators ................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Door Lock Switches – Driver ................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Door Mirror Motors ................................................................. Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
Door Mirrors ............................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
Door Switch – Driver ................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Door Switch – Driver Rear ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Door Switch – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

Door Control Module – Driver Rear .......................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2

Door Switch – Passenger Rear ................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

Door Control Module – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2

ECTS: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ............................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

6

Dual Linear Switch ................................................................... Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
‘E’ Post Lamps ........................................................................ Fig. 10.1
ECM and TCM Cooling Fan ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

EGR Valve ................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Engine Compartment Security Switch ..................................... Fig. 13.3

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000
Engine Control Module ............................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
EOTS: Engine Oil Temperature Sensor .................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Evaporator / Heater Matrix Assembly ...................................... Fig. 07.1
EVAPP: EVAP Canister Purge Valve ......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Fascia Switch Pack .................................................................. Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

Component Index
Fuse Box – Trunk ..................................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Garage Door Opener ............................................................... Fig. 10.1
Gear Selector Illumination Module ........................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Gearshift Interlock Solenoid ..................................................... Fig. 05.3
Generator ................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Glove Box Lamp ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Headlamp Leveling Actuators .................................................. Fig. 09.3
Headlamp Leveling Switch (Fascia Switch Pack) ..................... Fig. 09.3
Heated Backlight ..................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Heater Pump ........................................................................... Fig. 07.2

Fog Lamp Switches ................................................................. Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Fog Lamps – Front ................................................................... Fig. 09.1
FTPS: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor ............................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4

Heater Valve ............................................................................ Fig. 07.2
High Mounted Stop Lamp ....................................................... Fig. 09.2
High Power Protection Module ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

Fuel Injectors ........................................................................... Fig. 04.3

HO2S: Heated Oxygen Sensors .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

Fuel Level Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 08.1

Horn Switches (Steering Wheel) .............................................. Fig. 19.1

Fuel Pump 1 ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

Horns ....................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

Fuel Filler Flap Lock Actuator ................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

Fuel Pump 2 ............................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Fuse Box – Engine Compartment ............................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Fuse Box – Engine Management ............................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
Fuse Box – LH Heelboard ........................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Fuse Box – RH Heelboard ........................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

IATS 2: Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 ................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Ignition Coils ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Ignition Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Ignition Switch (Key-In Switch) ................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Impact Sensors ........................................................................ Fig. 18.1
Inclination Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Inertia Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 02.1

7

Component Index
Instrument Pack ...................................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2

XJ Series 2000
Mode Switch (Transmission) ................................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Navigation Control Module ...................................................... Fig. 17.2
Navigation GPS Antenna .......................................................... Fig. 17.2
Neutral Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Not-In-Park Microswitch .......................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Number Plate Lamps ............................................................... Fig. 09.2

Intercooler Pump ..................................................................... Fig. 04.6
Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................. Fig. 08.1
Interior Rear View Mirror ......................................................... Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
Intrusion Sensors ..................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Key Fob Antenna ..................................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Key Transponder Module ......................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Keylock Solenoid (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 05.3
Kickdown Switch ..................................................................... Fig. 05.2
KS: Knock Sensors .................................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Lamp Unit s – Rear .................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Lamp Units – Front .................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Lighting Stalk (Column Switchgear) ......................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
MAFS: Mass Air Flow Sensor .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

Parking Aid Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Parking Aid Sounder ................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Parking Brake Switch ............................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Passenger Compartment Accessory Connector ...................... Fig. 19.1
Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Power Amplifier ....................................................................... Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Power Assisted Steering Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.2
Power Wash Pump .................................................................. Fig. 14.1
PPS: Pedal Position Sensors .................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Puddle Lamps .......................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Radiator Fan Control Relay Module .......................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Radiator Fans ........................................................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Radio / Cassette Head Unit ...................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2

MAPS: Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor ............................. Fig. 04.4

Radio Antenna ......................................................................... Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1

Memory Switches (Driver Door Switch Pack) .......................... Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1

Radio Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

Mirror Joystick (Driver Door Switch Pack) ................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
Mirror Select Switch (Driver Door Switch Pack) ....................... Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4

8

Radio Telephone Connector .................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Rain Sensing Module ............................................................... Fig. 14.1
Rain Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 14.1
Reader / Exciter Coil ................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000
Rear Side Markers (NAS Only) ................................................. Fig. 09.2

Component Index

Rear Window Inhibit Switch (Driver Door Switch Pack) ........... Fig. 15.1

Relay – Passenger Seat Heater ................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6

Recline Switch – Passenger Rear ............................................ Fig. 12.5

Relay – Powerwash ................................................................. Fig. 14.1

Refrigerant 4-Way Pressure Switch ......................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

Relay – Seat Lower .................................................................. Fig. 12.3

Regulator (Generator) .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2

Relay – Side Marker and Number Plate Lamp .......................... Fig. 09.2

Relay – Accessory Connector .................................................. Fig. 20.1
Relay – Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ............................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Relay – Air Conditioning Isolate ................................................ Fig. 07.1

Relay – Seat Raise ................................................................... Fig. 12.3

Relay – Starter ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Relay – Stop Lamp ................................................................... Fig. 09.2
Relay – Throttle Motor Power .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

Relay – Auxiliary Positive ......................................................... Fig. 01.1
Relay – Wiper Fast / Slow ........................................................ Fig. 14.1
Relay – Dip Beam .................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Relay – Wiper Run / Stop ......................................................... Fig. 14.1
Relay – Door Locking ............................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2

Relays – Blower Motor ............................................................ Fig. 07.2

Relay – Door Mirror Heater ...................................................... Fig. 07.2

Relays – Ignition Positive ......................................................... Fig. 01.1

Relay – Driver Seat Heater ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3

Relays – Windshield Heater ..................................................... Fig. 07.2

Relay – EMS Control ................................................................ Fig. 01.1

Roof Console ........................................................................... Fig. 10.2

Relay – Fold-Back .................................................................... Fig. 11.4

Seat Belt Pretensioners ........................................................... Fig. 18.1

Relay – Fold-Out ...................................................................... Fig. 11.4

Seat Belt Switch ...................................................................... Fig. 08.2

Relay – Front Fog ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1

Seat Control Module – Driver ................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2

Relay – Fuel Filler Flap Lock ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Relay – Fuel Filler Flap Unlock .................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Relay – Fuel Injection ............................................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

Reverse Parking Aid Control Module ....................................... Fig. 19.1

Seat Control Module – Passenger ............................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Seat Control Module – Rear ..................................................... Fig. 12.7

Relay – Fuel Pump 1 ................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6

Seat Cushion Heater – LH Rear & RH Rear .............................. Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9

Relay – Fuel Pump 2 ................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Relay – Heated Backlight (#2) .................................................. Fig. 07.2
Relay – Heater Pump (#1) ........................................................ Fig. 07.2
Relay – Horn ............................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Relay – Ignition Coil ................................................................. Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Relay – Intercooler Pump ......................................................... Fig. 04.6
Relay – LH Lumbar Deflate ...................................................... Fig. 12.7
Relay – Main Beam .................................................................. Fig. 09.1

Seat Cushion Heaters – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Seat Cushion Heaters – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Seat Fore / Aft Motors – Rear .................................................. Fig. 12.7
Seat Fore / Aft Switches – Rear ............................................... Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
Seat Headrest Motors –Rear ................................................... Fig. 12.7
Seat Headrest Switches –Rear ................................................ Fig. 12.7

Relay – O2S Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

9

Component Index
Seat Heater Switches (Center Console Switch Pack) ............... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Seat Heater Switches – Rear (LWB Vehicles) .......................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Seat Heater Timers – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver ..................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

XJ Series 2000
Speakers – Rear Door Tweeter ................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Stability / Traction Control Switch ............................................ Fig. 06.1
Starter Motor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Steering Column Motors ......................................................... Fig. 11.1
Subwoofer ............................................................................... Fig. 16.2
Suppression Module ................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Switch Pack – Driver Door ....................................................... Fig. 10.2

Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger .............................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5

Switch Pack – Driver Rear Door ............................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1

Seat Lumbar Pumps – Rear ..................................................... Fig. 12.7

Switch Pack – Driver Seat ........................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

Seat Lumbar Switches – Rear .................................................. Fig. 12.7
Seat Motors – Driver ................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3

Switch Pack – Driver Seat (Raise / Lower Only) ....................... Fig. 12.3
Switch Pack – Passenger Door ................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1

Seat Motors – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5

Switch Pack – Passenger Rear Door ........................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1

Seat Squab Heaters – Driver .................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3

Switch Pack – Passenger Seat ................................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
Telephone Antenna ................................................................. Fig. 17.1

Seat Squab Heaters – Passenger ............................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6

Telephone Handsets ................................................................ Fig. 17.1
Telephone Microphone ............................................................ Fig. 17.1

Seat Squab Heaters – Rear ...................................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Security Active Indicator (Gear Selector Illumination Module) .. Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4

Throttle Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

Security and Locking Control Module ...................................... Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1

TPS: Throttle Position Sensors ................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5

Side Airbags ............................................................................ Fig. 18.1

Transit Isolation Device ............................................................ Fig. 01.1

Side DI Repeaters (ROW Only) ................................................ Fig. 09.1

Transmission Control Module: AJ27 N/A ................................. Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2

Side Markers –Front (NAS Only) .............................................. Fig. 09.1
Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................... Fig. 15.1

Trailer Connector ..................................................................... Fig. 09.2

Sliding Roof Motor ................................................................... Fig. 15.1

Transmission Control Module: AJ27 SC ................................... Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2

Sliding Roof Switch (Roof Console) ......................................... Fig. 15.1

Transmission Rotary Switch .................................................... Fig. 05.1

Solar Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 07.1

Transmission: AJ27 N/A .......................................................... Fig. 05.1

Speakers – ‘A’ Post Tweeter ................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

Transmission: AJ27 SC ............................................................ Fig. 05.2

Speakers – Front Door Mid-Bass ............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

Trip Computer Switch Pack ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 08.1

Speakers – Front Door Tweeter ............................................... Fig. 16.1
Trunk Accessory Connector ..................................................... Fig. 19.1
Speakers – Rear Door Mid-Bass .............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2

10

Trunk Lamps ............................................................................ Fig. 10.1

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000

Component Index

Trunk Release Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Trunk Release Switches .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Trunk Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Valet Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ............................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Vanity Lamps ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Variable Steering Converter ..................................................... Fig. 06.2
Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Valves (VVT Solenoid Valves) .. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
Vehicle Speed Interface Module .............................................. Fig. 17.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Wash / Wipe Stalk (Column Switchgear) .................................. Fig. 14.1
Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 06.1
Window Lift Motors ................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Window Lift Switches (Driver Door Switch Pack) .................... Fig. 15.1
Windshield Heaters ................................................................. Fig. 07.2
Windshield Wash Pump and Fluid Level Sensor ...................... Fig. 14.1
Wiper Motor ............................................................................ Fig. 14.1

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

11

User Instructions

XJ Series 2000

Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

12

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000

User Instructions

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

FIGURE NUMBER

Fig. 03.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description
I

FC15-7

COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION

Active

Inactive

NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

GROUND (N)

B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)

D
D

FC15-21
FC15-39

SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I
O

FC15-41
FC15-73

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

I
D

FC15-80
FC15-92

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

B+

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GENERATOR

Active

Inactive

I

EM81-12

PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

B+ (P, N)

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)

I
D

EM82-2
EM82-15

ENGINE CRANK
OK TO START

GROUND (CRANKING)
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

D

EM82-16

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

Active

Inactive

D
D

FC22-9
FC22-11

SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

D
D

FC22-16
FC22-17

OK TO START
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

TRUNK / BATTERY COVER

EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
AN1 / EYELET
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

IGNITION SWITCH

BT60 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
NEUTRAL SWITCH

FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN
CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE

REGULATOR (GENERATOR)
STARTER MOTOR

PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK
ST1 / EYELET
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE

SUPPRESSION MODULE

TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

STEERING COLUMN

AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

STARTER RELAY

BROWN

EM50 / BROWN

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

EM2
EM3
EM60
FC7
PI1
PI2
ST5
ST6

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
EYELET
EYELET

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT65
CC3R
FC17L

EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE

MODEL RANGE AND YEAR

TITLE

XJ Series 2000

FIGURE NUMBER

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR

R

ST6

BT61
250A x 2

B
BT66

BT60

BATTERY

BT65

250A

R

BT63

01.1

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE

N

13

B+
FC15-80

RW

1
02.1

Y

FC4-3

BK
FCS7

WR

I

YB

76

NW

3

5

WR

W

1

2

GO

D

44

FC15-92

IGNITION SWITCH
(III)

FC17L

EM50

D
FC15-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO

ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL

FC15-41

WU

EMS28

EM2-8

I

FC4-1
II

GO

GO

O
FC15-73

RW

III

BK

R

ST5

01.1

BT62

R
BT67

R

Fig 03.1

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A

YR

II

D
FC15-21

STARTER RELAY

BK
BK

CCS5

RU
CC21-3

CC21-1

RU

LOGIC

I
FC15-7

FC7-3

POWER

NEUTRAL
SWITCH

CC3R

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

GO

I
ENGINE
START

EM82-2

YR
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

05.1

RU

I
EM81-12

FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION

D
FC22-11

YB

D
FC22-9

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

Y

Y

D
EM82-16

Y
FCS30

EM2-13

D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
FC22-17

W

O.K. TO START D

W

EM82-15

EM2-15

D

O.K. TO START

FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

WR

ST1

37
08.1

R

WU

II
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

PI2-12

Y

Y

PI50-2

Y

EM3-7

PI1-11

WR
EM60-2

ST3

WG

6

R

B

REGULATOR

ST2

PI50-1

STARTER MOTOR

B

R
AN1

AN3-1

ST4

B
AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE

1

6

1

4

7

49

Fig. 01.2

5

48

Fig. 01.4

50

85

Fig. 01.3

49

62

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.1
II

II

II

E

II

E

I

1

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

FIGURE PAGE

VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

13

Symbols and Codes

XJ Series 2000

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
Battery Power Supply

X

This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X

X

I

II

X
E

Ignition Switched Power Supply

This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION)
and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X

XX

XX

I

II

Ignition Switched Ground

This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X

BPM

Figure Number Reference Flag

This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are
used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs
are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances
where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are
noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference
flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded
Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules.
The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also
employed on the corresponding data page.

14

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000
Wiring Symbols

Symbols and Codes
Wiring Color Codes
N
B
W
K
G
R
Y

SPLICE
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
BULB
CAPACITOR

CONNECTOR

XX1-X

XX1-X

XX1

EYELET AND STUD

FUSE

LOGIC GROUND

POWER GROUND

LED

MOTOR

POTENTIOMETER

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

RESISTOR

SOLENOID
XXXXX
-XX
-XX
-XX

SUPPRESSION RESISTOR

Orange
Slate
Light
Blue
Purple
Braid

Wiring Harness Codes

DIODE (IN HARNESS)

SUPPRESSION DIODE

O
S
L
U
P
BRD

When a wire has two color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter indicates
the tracer color.

DIODE

SPLICE HEADER

Brown
Black
White
Pink
Green
Red
Yellow

Code
AN
BB
BC
BL
BR
BS
BT
CA
CC
CF
DD
EM
FC
FL
FP
FR
GB
HP
IC
IJ
LA
LF
LL
PD
PI
RA
RD
RP
RT
SC
SD
SH
SP
SR
ST
SW

Description
Generator link harness
Rear seat motors and heaters harness
Rear seat center console harness
Bumper harness – LH front
Bumper harness – RH front
Rear seat link harness
Trunk harness
Cabin harness
Center console harness
Radiator cooling fan harness
Driver door harness
Engine management harness
Fascia harness
Axle harness – LH front
Fuel tank pressure sensor link harness
Axle harness – RH front
Transmission harness
Steering wheel horn switch harness
In-car entertainment harness
Fuel injector harness – supercharged
Axle harness – LH rear
Forward harness
Power steering link harness
Passenger door harness
Engine harness
Axle harness – RH rear
Rear driver door harness
Rear passenger door harness
Radio telephone harness
Steering column switchgear harness
Driver seat harness
Windshield heater link harness
Passenger seat harness
Sliding roof motor link harness
Main power harness
Steering wheel harness

THERMISTOR

Code Numbering
TRANSISTOR

WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes
CA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.

15

Symbols and Codes

XJ Series 2000

Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).

FC7-24

Harness code

FC7-24 (LHD)
FC7-15 (RHD)

Pin number

Connector number

Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components,
in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to
show wires from other circuits.

RHS3

RHS3
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE

Harness code

Splice number

Splice

Splice Headers
Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components
and identified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left
hand corner; pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.
EXAMPLE:

CA223
-5
-4
-6

Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
BT29-1

BT29

BT29-2

Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector.
In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay
are identified by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
CA20

16

CA20

4

9

3

5

8

10

1

2

6

7

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Symbols and Codes

XJ Series 2000

Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be identified by the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).
L

SINGLE EYELET

R

EYELET PAIR

EXAMPLES:
Harness code

Harness code

Harness code

Ground eyelet number

Ground eyelet number

Ground eyelet number

CC2( )

LS2R

BT2L

RH eyelet leg

Single leg eyelet

LH eyelet leg

Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground
designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
LHD Vehicles

EM2R
(EM1R)

Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles

BT2L

RHD Vehicles

NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness
codes may be connected to a ground stud.

SCP Network
Due to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey
line indicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 19.1 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
U

– S

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

U

DD10-9

Y

+ S

S –
RD10-9

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

DD10-16

S +
RD10-16

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

U

– S

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

U

PD10-9

Y

+ S
PD10-16

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

S –
RP10-9

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

S +
RP10-16

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

17

Connectors

XJ Series 2000

The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 040
Low current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).

Multilock 070
High current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).

Econoseal III LC
Low current sealed connector.

Econoseal III HC
High current sealed connector.

Ford Card
Used for SRS only.

Through Panel
54-way connector.

18

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000

Connectors

Augat 1.6
2-way connector.

Augat 1.6
3-way connector.

Augat 1.6
4-way connector.

Augat 1.6
6-way connector.

Augat 1.6
8-way connector.

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

19

Main Power Distribution

XJ Series 2000

ST4

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

GENERATOR

ST19

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

ST21
ST20

STARTER
MOTOR

ST2
ST1
ST5
ST6

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR

LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX

RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX

ST15

ST14

ST13

BT61

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT62
BT63

BT60

+

BT66

BATTERY
BT67

–
TRUNK FUSE BOX

20

BT65

BT64

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000

Ground Point Location

LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10, LF18
ABS GROUND STUD
LF29

RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF19, LF20

ENGINE GROUND SCREW
EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM8

EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16, EM17, EM18

LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE
FC29
LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA30, CA36

RH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE (QUIET GROUND)
CC3, FC17
RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33
RADIO GROUND STUD
IC8

DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA25
LH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL
GROUND STUD
CC2

LH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
CA38, CA110

PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA26
RH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL
GROUND STUD
CA31, CA47

RH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
(AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)
CA48

KEYFOB ANTENNA GROUND
BT34

LH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
IC6, IC20

RH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND

RH CENTER TRUNK GROUND STUD
BT22, BT28
BATTERY GROUND STUD
BT65
RH REAR TRUNK GROUND STUD
BT20, BT21

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

21

Harness Layout

XJ Series 2000

LHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)

BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
BL1

LF32

BR1

POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)

EM1
EM51
LL2

LF2

LF1

AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)

AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)

FORWARD HARNESS (LF)
PI1
PI2

WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)

LF3

EM63

FC5

EM53

CA20

SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4

STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
SW10

STEERING WHEEL HARNESS (SW)

EM2
EM3

FC1

FC7
FC11

CA19

CA8
CA10

TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)

EM44

EM42

FASCIA HARNESS (FC)

CA11
CA12

CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)

SW1
SW2

RT2

RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)

PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
CA23

CA27

SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH

SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
CA72

CA66

PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SP)

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SD)
CA13
CA14
CA46

CA16
CA45

IC1
IC3

CABIN HARNESS (CA)

CA109

DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)

REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)

CA29

CA9

AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)

AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)

BT4

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)

TRUNK HARNESS (BT)

BT71
RB1

22

REAR BUMPER HARNESS (RB)

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000

Harness Layout

RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)

BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
BL1

LF32

BR1

POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)

EM1
EM51
LL2

LF2

LF1

AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)

AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
FORWARD HARNESS (LF)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)

PI1
PI2

WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)

TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
EM44

EM42
LF3

EM2
EM3

EM63

FASCIA HARNESS (FC)

EM53

FC1
CA11
CA12

FC5

FC7
FC11

CA19

CA20

SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4

CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RT2

CA8
CA10

STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)

SW10

SW1
SW2

RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)

STEERING WHEEL HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)

PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
CA27

CA23

SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH

SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
CA72

CA66

DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SD)

PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SP)
CA16
CA45

CA13
CA14
CA46

IC1
IC3

CABIN HARNESS (CA)

CA109

REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)

PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
CA29

CA9

AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)

AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)

BT4

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)

TRUNK HARNESS (BT)

BT71
RB1

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

REAR BUMPER HARNESS (RB)

23

Control Module Location

XJ Series 2000

LHD
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE
MODULE (UNDER)

DIMMER MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

INSTRUMENT PACK
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

REVERSE PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE

24

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000

Control Module Location

RHD
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE
MODULE (UNDER)

DIMMER MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

INSTRUMENT PACK
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

REVERSE PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

25

EM80

EM81

EM82

EM83

EM84
EM85

EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL
9
GW

8
GW

7
R

21
B

20
U

19
W

31
B

30
—

29
BK

6
R
18
W

5
G
17
O

16
YU

28
—

27
U

4
G
15
YG

EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL

3
B

2
GU*

1
UY

7
RG

6
OG

5
W

14
—

13
—

12
U

11
UY

10
WU

16
RG*

15
YG

14
YR

26
—

25
RW

24
—

23
UY

22
RW

24
BG

23
—

22
OY

4
WU
13
WU

3
U

2
RW

EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL

EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL
1
OY

6
GR

5
G

4
R

3
—

2
GO

1
OY

9
N

8
Y

7
U

10
Y

9
W

8
OG

7
BG

19
G

18
B

17
O

15
W

14
UY

13
WR

28
GW

27
BW

26
BW

12
RU

11
—

10
U

9
W

8
B

12
GU

11
W

21
BK

20
—

19
G

18
R

17
WR

17
O

16
Y

EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL

6
BG

5
OY

4
WR

3
RU

2
—

1
—

7
U

6
BW

5
BW

4
BW

3
BO

2
BG

1
B

16
G

15
G

14
Y

13
BG

12
BR

11
YG

10
YG

15
UY

14
BG

13
BR

12
GU

11
GR

10
GO

9
GW

8
—

25
Y

24
Y

23
N

22
N

21
U

20
NR

22
B

21
BO

20
GB

19
GW

18
GO

17
GU

16
B

3
—

2
UY

1
RU

8
WG

7
B

6
B

* Not used – ROW vehicles.
EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
5
U

4
—

12
—

11
—

10
—

9
—

Control Module Pin Identification

26

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
EM81

EM82

EM83

XJ Series 2000

EM80

EM84
EM85

8
GW

7
R

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

21
B

20
U

19
W

31
B

30
—

29
BK

6
R
18
W

5
G
17
O

16
YU

28
BW*

27
U

4
G
15
YG

EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL

EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL

EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL
9
GW

3
B

2
GU*

1
UY

7
—

6
—

5
W

14
RW

13
—

12
U

11
UY

10
WU

16
RG*

15
YG

14
YR

26
—

25
RW

24
—

23
UY

22
RW

24
BG

23
O

22
OY

4
WU
13
WU

3
U

2
—

1
—

6
GR

5
G

4
R
10
Y

12
RU

11
—

10
U

9
K

8
B

12
GU

11
W

21
BK

20
—

19
G

18
R

17
WR

17
O

16
Y

3
WB

2
GO

1
OY

9
W

8
OG

15
W

14
UY

EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL
9
N

8
Y

7
P

7
BG

19
G

18
B

17
O

13
WR

28
GW

27
BW

26
BW

EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL

6
BG

5
OY

4
WR

3
—

2
—

1
—

7
U

6
BW

16
G

15
G

14
S

13
BG

12
BR

11
YG

10
YG

15
UY

14
BG

25
Y

24
Y

23
N

22
N

21
U

20
NR

22
B

21
BO

5
BW

4
BW

3
BO

2
BG

13
BR

12
GU

11
GR

10
GO

9
GW

8
—

20
GB

19
GW

18
GO

17
GU

16
B

* Not used – ROW vehicles.
EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
5
U

4
YG*

12
—

11
—

9
10
YR* YR*

3
YU*

2
UY

1
RU

8
WG

7
B

6
B

* Not used – ROW vehicles.

1
B

DATE OF ISSUE:
October 1999

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A

XJ Series 2000

EM7

EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK
1
OY

2
RU
29
O

56
—

57
—

58
—

3
—

30
YB
59
—

4
O
31
—
60
—

5
OG
32
YU
61
—

6
B

33
YU
62
—

7
—
34
B

8
R
35
—

63
—

64
—

65
—

9
W

10
—

11
—

12
RU

13
OG

14
N

15
BRD

16
U

17
—

18
—

19
—

20
—

21
BG

22
UY

36
Y

37
Y

38
—

39
—

40
—

41
—

42
G

43
—

44
R

45
RG

46
—

47
—

48
—

49
—

66
—

67
—

68
—

69
—

70
—

71
—

72
—

73
—

74
—

75
—

76
—

77
—

78
—

79
—

23
BRD
50
—
80
—

51
O
82
G

L
G

H
Y

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC

EM61

EM62

EM61 / 18-WAY / BLACK
23
—
1
—

2
BW

24
—
3
U

25
GB
4
—

26
GU
5
—

27
GU
6
—

28
GR
7
—

EM62 / 14-WAY / BLACK
29
WB

8
—

30
B
9
—

33
B
10
—

12
BG

34
BW
13
BW

35
BG

14
BK

36
BO

15
BG

37
BO
16
BR

38
BR

17
BW

25
—
52
RU

83
Y

26
NR

53
RW
84
—

54
WB
85
G

27
—

28
BW

55
WB
86
Y

87
—

88
—

27

Control Module Pin Identification

81
—

24
—

Control Module Pin Identification

28

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

EM68

LS27

EM68 / 35-WAY / BLACK
19
—
1
YR

1
UY
2
OG
3
Y
4
G
5
Y
6
Y
7
O

10
—
11
—
12
—
13
U
14
R
15
G
16
RW

17
W
18
R
19
O
20
WU
21
U
22
U
23
—

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

8
B

24
B

9
NR

25
NW

2
—

21
—
3
Y

22
—
4
—

23
—
5
—

24
—
6
—

25
—
7
—

26
—
8
—

27
—
9
—

28
—
10
O

29
—
11
W

30
—
12
—

31
—
13
O

32
—
14
OG

33
—
15
OG

34
—
16
—

35
—
17
—

18
B

XJ Series 2000

LS27 / 25-WAY / BLACK

20
—

DATE OF ISSUE:
October 1999

XJ Series 2000

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

CC31

12
WR

13
B

1
WU

2
GW

CC29

15
GW

16
OY

17
U

18
GW

19
BW

20
BK

21
O

3
WR

4
WU

5
NW

6
RW

7
U

8
U

9
UY

10
W

22
—
11
—

CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY

CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY

CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY

14
B

CC28

7
Y

8
YR

9
—

10
—

11
U

12
WU

9
—

10
O

11
YG

12
—

13
UY

14
—

15
U

16
GU

1
UY

2
Y

3
YG

4
—

5
OY

6
U

1
OG

2
RG

3
Y

4
—

5
YB

6
YG

7
OG

8
GO

14
—

15
—

1
RG

2
U

16
GR

17
RW

18
GU

19
RU

20
YR

21
Y

22
NR

23
—

3
UY

4
UY

5
W

6
RW

7
UY

8
RW

9
R

10
—

24
—

25
O

26
GU

11
—

12
OY

13
UY

29

Control Module Pin Identification

CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY

CC30

Control Module Pin Identification

30

INSTRUMENT PACK

XJ Series 2000

FC25

FC24

FC24 / 26-WAY / BLACK

FC25 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

1
WG

2
—

3
YR

4
BK

5
—

6
RU

7
YB

8
UY

9
R

10
Y

11
Y

12
—

13
Y

13
BW

12
—

11
—

10
—

9
—

8
—

7
O

6
U

5
OY

4
YG

3
RW

2
—

1
—

14
U

15
NR

16
B

17
—

18
Y

19
O

20
—

21
—

22
—

23
G

24
G

25
BR

26
—

26
—

25
—

24
—

23
OG

22
Y

21
RG

20
OY

19
OY

18
—

17
—

16
Y

15
—

14
RW

DATE OF ISSUE:

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

October 1999

FC15

XJ Series 2000

FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY
79
NG

80
N
53
R

27
Y

81
GR
54
R

28
G
1
W

82
GR

55
YU
29
Y

2
GW

83
GB

56
OY*
30
U

3
GO

57
GR

31
GB
4
GU

84
U

85
Y
58
YB

32
WR
5
YR

86
OG
59
RW

33
W
6
Y

87
YU

60
RW

34
GO
7
RU

88
YG

61
WG

35
OY
8
—

9
GU

36
—

89
Y
62
—

90
BK
63
YG

37
GR
10
RW

91
BK
64
—

38
O
11
YB

92
YB
65
—

66
RU

39
Y
12
OG

93
Y

40
WU
13
G*

67
O

41
RW

14
U

94
GW

95
RU

68
OG
42
UY

15
WU

96
GU
69
O

43
WG

16
RW

97
WU

70
GW
44
OY

17
OY

99
UY

71
YR

45
U
18
YB

98
—

72
YU
46
YB

19
BG

100
BR

73
GO

47
YG

20
OG

101
RW

74
RW

48
OG
21
YR

75
GR

49
GO

22
WB

102
N

103
—

76
GO

50
GW

23
WU

104
NW

77
RG

51
RW

24
NW

78
U

52
BW
25
B

26
YG

* Not used – NAS vehicles.

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
BT2

BT1

FC22

FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN
10
R*
20
R*

9
YB

BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK

8
OG

7
O

6
O

5
U*

4
3
2
NR BRD* BRD*

1
—

13
—

12
—

11
—

10
—

9
—

19
18
RW* OY*

17
Y

16
W

15
U*

14
WU

11
YR

26
YR*

25
—

24
—

23
—

22
—

* Not used – NAS vehicles.

13
WR

12
BK

8
7
GW* YU
21
—

* Not used – NAS vehicles.

20
—

BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK

6
GW

5
RW

4
—

3
RG

2
—

1
OG

8
Y

7
RU

6
NR

5
Y

4
OG

3
OY

2
OY

1
O

19
YR

18
—

17
—

16
—

15
—

14
—

16
U

15
NW

14
BK

13
BK

12
—

11
—

10
O

9
U

31

Control Module Pin Identification

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

DD11

DD10

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK
7
BR
15
YG

6
BW
14
—

22
BO

5
GB

13
OY
21
BW

4
OY

12
GU
20
G

3
O

DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE

2
U

11
—
19
—

10
YR
18
—

PD11

1
BK
9
RG

17
YR

7
R
8
—

15
OY

16
—

6
YB*
14
GW

22
O

5
Y

13
—

21
OY

4
OG
12
—

20
WU

3
OG
11
—

19
N

PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK

2
Y

1
NR

10
BG
18
BO

9
U
17
B

PD10

8
BK

7
—
15
U

16
Y

6
BO
14
—

22
—

5
—

4
—

13
—
21
BG

3
—

12
—
20
G

2
—

11
—
19
—

10
—
18
—

PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
1
—

9
—
17
—

7
R
8
U

22
UY

14
—

5
O

13
WU
21
BG

20
B

4
—
12
—

3
—
11
—

19
—

2
—
10
—

18
—

9
—
17
—

RP11

RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
1
—

7
R
8
—

16
—

15
OY

6
YB*
14
GW

22
—

21
—

5
Y

13
—

4
—
12
—

20
—

3
—
11
—

19
BK

2
Y

11
—
19
—

1
NR

10
—
18
—

9
U
17
B

8
BK
16
Y

RP10

RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK

2
—
10
—

18
—

12
—

20
WU

3
U

XJ Series 2000

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

15
OG

6
BO

13
—

21
RU

4
UY

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

RD10

RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK

5
Y

* Not used – NAS vehicles.

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE

7
BK

14
GW
22
Y

* Not used – NAS vehicles.

RD11

15
OY

16
—

6
YB*

1
NR
9
U

17
B

* Not used – NAS vehicles.

8
BK
16
Y

7
—
15
U

6
BO
14
—

22
—

5
—
13
—

21
BG

4
—
12
—

20
G

3
—
11
—

19
—

2
—
10
—

18
—

RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
1
—

9
—
17
—

7
R
8
U

16
—

15
OY

6
YB*
14
GW

22
—

21
—

5
Y

13
—

4
—
12
—

20
—

3
—
11
—

19
—

2
—
10
—

18
—

Control Module Pin Identification

32

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

1
NR
9
U

17
B

* Not used – NAS vehicles.

8
BK
16
Y

DATE OF ISSUE:
October 1999

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY

SD2

SD1 / 16-WAY / BLACK

SD3

SD2 / 26-WAY / BLACK

SD3 / 10-WAY / BLACK

9
RW

10
YR

11
WG

12
W

13
OY

14
WB

15
OG

16
N

14
NG

15
NR

16
—

17
—

18
GR

19
GB

20
—

21
—

22
—

23
—

24
—

25
—

26
—

6
GW

7
—

8
G

9
Y

10
U

1
R

2
RU

3
OG

4
UY

5
GW

6
GO

7
YB

8
UY

1
WB

2
WB

3
—

4
—

5
W

6
GB

7
—

8
G

9
WU

10
UY

11
WR

12
N

13
—

1
BK

2
B

3
WU

4
YG

5
NR

SD3

SP1

SD3 / 10-WAY / BLACK

SD1 / 16-WAY / BLACK

SP3

SP3 / 10-WAY / BLACK

SP1 / 16-WAY / BLACK

9
RW

10
YR

11
WG

12
W

13
OY

14
WB

15
OG

16
N

6
GW

7
—

8
G

9
Y

10
U

9
Y

10
N

11
WG

12
W

13
OY

14
UY

15
G

16
RW

6
GW

7
—

8
GO

9
Y

10
U

1
R

2
RU

3
OG

4
UY

5
GW

6
GO

7
YB

8
UY

1
BK

2
B

3
WU

4
YG

5
NR

1
R

2
RU

3
OG

4
UY

5
GW

6
GO

7
YB

8
WU

1
—

2
B

3
WU

4
WR

5
NR

33

Control Module Pin Identification

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY

SD1

XJ Series 2000

SD1

BS6

BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE

BS7

BS2

BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE

BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE

6
GO

5
GW

4
UY

3
WU

2
OY

1
OY

12
GR

11
GW

10
OW

9
B

8
PW

7
PR

11
—
22
—

BS1

10
RW

9
RW

8
RW

7
—

6
—

5
—

4
—

3
—

21
—

20
RW

19
OY

18
UY

17
Y

16
YG

15
GW

14
GW

2
—

1
—

13
—

12
—

BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE

6
NW

5
B

4
NR

3
B

2
—

1
—

12
NW

11
—

10
—

9
—

8
—

7
—

11
Y
22
B

10
B

9
—

8
—

7
—

6
—

5
—

4
—

3
—

21
—

20
—

19
—

18
—

17
—

16
—

15
—

14
—

2
—

1
—

13
—

12
B

Control Module Pin Identification

34

REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE

XJ Series 2000

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR

CA61

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

CA61 / 50-WAY / YELLOW
25
R

24
R

23
Y

22
Y

21
U

20
U

19
YR

18
Y

17
YU

16
Y

15
—

14
YR

13
Y

12
—

11
YU

10
Y

9
OY

8
—

7
YR

6
BK

5
W

4
RW

3
BW

2
RW

1
BW

50
—

49
—

48
—

47
—

46
—

45
—

44
—

43
—

42
—

41
—

40
Y

39
—

38
—

37
—

36
—

35
—

34
—

33
—

32
—

31
—

30
—

29
—

28
—

27
—

26
—

XJ Series 2000

Relay and Fuse Box Location

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT RELAYS
Wiper RUN / STOP relay
Wiper FAST / SLOW relay

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Ignition positive relay
Horn relay
Dip beam relay
Powerwash relay
Main beam relay
Front fog lamp relay
Heater pump relay
Engine compartment fuse box

CONTROL MODULE
ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
Intercooler pump relay (AJ27 SC only)

A/C compressor clutch relay

ENGINE MANAGEMENT RELAYS
Engine management fuse box
EMS control relay

CONTROL MODULE
ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Intercooler pump relay (AJ27 SC only)

Fuel injection relay

Starter relay

O2S heater relay

Throttle motor power relay

Ignition coil relay

Ignition coil relay

Throttle motor power relay

O2S heater relay

Starter relay

Fuel injection relay

A/C compressor clutch relay

FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS
LH windshield heater relay
RH windshield heater relay

FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Seat lower relay (LHD)
Seat raise relay (LHD)
Seat heater relay

FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Seat heater relay
Seat raise relay (RHD)
Seat lower relay (RHD)

RH HEELBOARD RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX
LH HEELBOARD RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX

RH heelboard fuse box

Ignition positive relay

LH lumbar deflate relay

Mirror fold-out relay

LH blower motor relay

RH rear seat heater timer

Door locking relay
A/C isolate relay
Mirror fold-back relay
LH heelboard fuse box

Door mirror heater relay
RH blower motor relay
LH rear seat heater timer

TRUNK RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX
Heated backlight relay
Side marker / number plate lamp relay
Fuel filler flap lock relay
Fuel filler flap unlock relay
Trunk fuse box

Auxiliary positive relay
Accessory connector relay
Stop lamp relay
Fuel pump relay 1
Fuel pump relay 2

NOTE: All relays are brown, with the exception of the microrelays, which are black.

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

35

Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BATTERY

BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

TRUNK / BATTERY COVER

LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET
CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET

LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
BT60 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET

TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD

FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD

FUSE BOX – TRUNK

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE

BT37 / 1-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT / METALLIC
BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

ADJACENT TO BATTERY / BATTERY COVER

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY
(RH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX)

BROWN

BUS

TRUNK FUSE BOX / HEELBOARD COVER

BROWN

BUS

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

BROWN

BUS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

BROWN

BUS

LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX / HEELBOARD COVER

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY
(ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX)
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY
(LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector

Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

FC1
ST5

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
EYELET

BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD

ST6

EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT65

EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access
LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD

CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET
CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

SPLICE HEADER – CA222
SPLICE HEADER – CA223

CA222 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREY
CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

SPLICE HEADER – CA224

CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN

LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA10
CA12
CA14
CA16
CA19
CA20
CA23
CA27
FC1
FC5
IC1

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

FUSE BOX – TRUNK

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET

TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BS4
BT4
CA109
EM42
IC2
LF32

BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK / BATTERY COVER
FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD

FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD

FUSE BOX – TRUNK

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET
BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA19
CA20
CA109
EM1
EM42
EM51
FC1
FC5
IC1
IC2
LF3

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK / BATTERY COVER
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CV2
EM2
EM51
FC1
PI1

UNDER REAR SEAT
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE

3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH

FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CA6 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

STEERING COLUMN
RH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA19
CA20
EM53
FC1
FC11
LF3

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

FC17L

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 03.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-7

NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

GROUND (N)

B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)

D
D

FC15-21
FC15-39

SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I
O

FC15-41
FC15-73

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

I
D

FC15-80
FC15-92

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

B+

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

BATTERY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

Active

Inactive

I

EM81-12

PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

B+ (P, N)

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)

I
D

EM82-2
EM82-15

ENGINE CRANK
OK TO START

GROUND (CRANKING)
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

D

EM82-16

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
P Pin
Description

Inactive

FC22-9
FC22-11

SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

D
D

FC22-16
FC22-17

OK TO START
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

GENERATOR

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

Active

D
D

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

TRUNK / BATTERY COVER

EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
AN1 / EYELET
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH

BT60 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
NEUTRAL SWITCH

FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN
CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE

REGULATOR (GENERATOR)
STARTER MOTOR

PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK
ST1 / EYELET
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE

SUPPRESSION MODULE

AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT

STEERING COLUMN

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

STARTER RELAY

BROWN

EM50 / BROWN

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

EM2
EM3
EM60
FC7
PI1
PI2
ST5
ST6

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
EYELET
EYELET

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT65
CC3R
FC17L

EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 03.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-7

NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

GROUND (N)

B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)

D
D

FC15-21
FC15-39

SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I
O

FC15-41
FC15-73

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

I
D

FC15-80
FC15-92

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

B+

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

B+ (P, N)

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)

I
D

EM82-2
EM82-15

ENGINE CRANK
OK TO START

GROUND (CRANKING)
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

D

EM82-16

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

Active

Inactive

FC22-9
FC22-11

SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

D
D

FC22-16
FC22-17

OK TO START
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
P Pin
Description

Location / Access

BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

TRUNK / BATTERY COVER

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

CC8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

RIGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

GENERATOR

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

AN1 / EYELET
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
BT60 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET

IGNITION SWITCH
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN

STEERING COLUMN
BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK

REGULATOR (GENERATOR)
STARTER MOTOR

PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK
ST1 / EYELET
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE

SUPPRESSION MODULE

AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

EM81-12

D
D

Connector / Type / Color

BATTERY

I

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

Active

Inactive

I
O

CC8-2
CC8-4

TCM / DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

GROUND
GROUND (N)

GROUND
B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)

O

CC8-11

PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

B+ (P, N)

GROUND (R, D, 4, 3, 2)

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

STARTER RELAY

BROWN

EM50 / BROWN

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

EM2
EM3
EM60
EM63
FC7
PI1
PI2
ST5
ST6

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
EYELET
EYELET

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT65
FC17L
EM8R

EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 04.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
O
O
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
D
D
D
I
D
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SG
O
I
I
I
O
SG
I
I
SG
SG
I
I
I
D
D
I
O
O
SG
SG
I
SG
SG
SG
I
C
C
SG
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
C
O
O
I
I
O
O
I
O
I
O
O
O
I
I
I

EM80-01
EM80-02
EM80-03
EM80-04
EM80-05
EM80-06
EM80-07
EM80-08
EM80-09
EM80-15
EM80-17
EM80-18
EM80-19
EM80-21
EM80-27
EM80-29
EM80-31
EM81-01
EM81-02
EM81-03
EM81-06
EM81-07
EM81-08
EM81-09
EM81-10
EM81-12
EM81-16
EM81-17
EM81-18
EM81-19
EM81-21
EM81-22
EM81-24
EM82-01
EM82-02
EM82-04
EM82-05
EM82-06
EM82-07
EM82-08
EM82-09
EM82-10
EM82-11
EM82-12
EM82-13
EM82-14
EM82-15
EM82-16
EM82-17
EM83-03
EM83-05
EM83-06
EM83-07
EM83-08
EM83-09
EM83-12
EM83-13
EM83-14
EM83-15
EM83-16
EM83-17
EM83-18
EM83-19
EM83-20
EM83-21
EM83-22
EM83-23
EM83-24
EM83-25
EM83-26
EM83-27
EM83-28
EM84-01
EM84-07
EM84-15
EM84-16
EM84-17
EM84-22
EM85-01
EM85-02
EM85-05
EM85-06
EM85-07
EM85-08

EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE
GROUND (POWER)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
EOT FEEDBACK
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
ECM PROGRAMMING
GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1)
ECM PROGRAMMING
GROUND (LOGIC 2)
GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2)
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘A’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘A’ BANK
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘B’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘B’ BANK
GROUND (POWER)
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1)
TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1)
PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2)
TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2)
GROUND (LOGIC 1)
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1
ENGINE CRANK
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA)
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1
BRAKE SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT
INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT)
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2
ECT FEEDBACK
OK TO START
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS FEEDBACK
AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2
SENSOR SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL GROUND
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND
HO2S SHIELD
SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2
KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND
CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL
CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM
HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM
KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS FEEDBACK
GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS)
HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL
HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL
GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A)
IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING
GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B)
HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL
HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL
“COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE
GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER)
GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER)
HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR

Active

Inactive

GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)

B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE
BRAKE SWITCH

PI29 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO SS / GREY
CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

CV1 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 90 / BLACK
PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK

UNDER VEHICLE / RH REAR
ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE

CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK

PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY
PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR

EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR

EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK
FP1 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET

HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK

EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK
EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK

EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY
EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)

KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK

PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

0V

MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK
CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR

PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS
VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘A’ BANK

PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK
PI31 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT

VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘B’ BANK

PI32 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT

GROUND

GROUND

GROUND
GROUND
B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE)
GROUND
GROUND
B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE)
GROUND
GROUND
0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
B+ (P, N)
4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
B+
0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
GROUND
GROUND (APPLIED)
GROUND
5V
GROUND (CRANKING)
3.5 V
3.5 V
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
3.8 V
3.8 V
GROUND
B+
0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
8 V @ IDLE (78% DUTY CYCLE)
5V
GROUND
GROUND
5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz
GROUND
0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
B+
0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
GROUND
GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE)
GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE)
GROUND
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
B+
GROUND
5V

B+
GROUND
B+
B+

B+
0V

5V
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
O2S HEATERS RELAY

BROWN
BROWN

EM49 / BROWN
EM75 / BROWN

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
BT5
CA19
CV2
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FC1
LF3
PI1
PI2

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
UNDER REAR SEAT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

EM8L
EM16L
EM16R

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 04.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

EM80-01

EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE

GROUND (VALVE OPEN)

B+

I
O

EM80-03
EM80-04

GROUND (POWER)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

EM80-05
EM80-06

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
I

EM80-07
EM80-08

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

EM80-09
EM80-15

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
EOT FEEDBACK

B+
2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)

GROUND

D
D

EM80-17
EM80-18

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

D
I

EM80-19
EM80-21

ECM PROGRAMMING
GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1)

GROUND

GROUND

D
I

EM80-27
EM80-29

ECM PROGRAMMING
GROUND (LOGIC 2)

GROUND

GROUND

I
O

EM80-31
EM81-01

GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2)
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘A’ BANK

GROUND
B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE)

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

EM81-02
EM81-03

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘A’ BANK
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
B+

O
O

EM81-06
EM81-07

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘B’ BANK
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘B’ BANK

B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE)
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

EM81-08
EM81-09
EM81-10
EM81-12
EM81-17
EM81-18
EM81-19
EM81-21

GROUND (POWER)
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1)
TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1)
PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2)
TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2)
GROUND (LOGIC 1)

GROUND
0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
B+ (P, N)
B+
0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

I
SG

EM81-22
EM81-24

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD

GROUND (APPLIED)
GROUND

B+
GROUND

O
I

EM82-01
EM82-02

SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1
ENGINE CRANK

5V
GROUND (CRANKING)

5V

I
I

EM82-04
EM82-05

HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA)
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA)

3.5 V
3.5 V

O
SG

EM82-06
EM82-07

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1

GROUND
GROUND

B+
GROUND

I
I

EM82-08
EM82-09

BRAKE SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

SG
SG

EM82-10
EM82-11

HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT

3.8 V
3.8 V

I
I

EM82-12
EM82-13

INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT)
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2

GROUND
B+

I
D

EM82-14
EM82-15

ECT FEEDBACK
OK TO START

0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

D
I

EM82-16
EM82-17

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS FEEDBACK

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
0V

B+
0V

O
O

EM83-03
EM83-05

AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2

8 V @ IDLE (78% DUTY CYCLE)
5V

5V

SG
SG

EM83-06
EM83-07

SENSOR SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
SG

EM83-08
EM83-09

CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND

5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
GROUND

GROUND

SG
SG

EM83-12
EM83-13

HO2S SHIELD
SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
C

EM83-14
EM83-15

KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK
CAN NETWORK

0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
15 – 1500 Hz

C
SG

EM83-16
EM83-17

CAN NETWORK
CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND

15 – 1500 Hz
GROUND

I
I

EM83-18
EM83-19

CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL
CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL

0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz

I
I

EM83-20
EM83-21

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM

B+
0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE
BRAKE SWITCH

PI29 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO SS / GREY
CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK

PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK
PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR

CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE

EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE

PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY
EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK

ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD

HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK

EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK
EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK

EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY
EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK

PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK
CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR

PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS
VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘A’ BANK

PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK
PI31 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT

VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘B’ BANK

PI32 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
O2S HEATERS RELAY

BROWN
BROWN

EM49 / BROWN
EM75 / BROWN

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Connector

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA19
EM1
EM53
LF3
PI1
PI2

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

EM8L
EM16L
EM16R

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
GROUND

B+

I
I

EM83-22
EM83-23

HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM
KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK

0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK

C
C

EM83-24
EM83-25

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz

O
O

EM83-26
EM83-27

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

EM83-28
EM84-01

MAFS FEEDBACK
GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS)

1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
GROUND

GROUND

O
O

EM84-07
EM84-15

HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL
HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL

GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE)
GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE)

B+
B+

I
I

EM84-16
EM84-22

GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A)
GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B)

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

EM85-01
EM85-02

HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL
HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE)

B+
B+

O
I

EM85-05
EM85-06

“COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE
GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER)

GROUND
GROUND

B+
GROUND

I
I

EM85-07
EM85-08

GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER)
HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR

GROUND
HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V

GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 04.3

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

CC28-1

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS

B+ (ON)

0V

O
I

CC30-1
CC31-7

AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
LOAD INHIBIT

B+
0V

0V
B+

O
I

CC31-9
CC31-17

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

B+
0 V (2 – 30 BAR)

0V
B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)

Active

Inactive

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
A/CCM: AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK
CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH

CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FUEL INJECTOR – 1A
FUEL INJECTOR – 1B

PI7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

I

EM80-10

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE

GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)

I
O

EM80-11
EM80-12

A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST
ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT

B+
GROUND

GROUND
B+

O
D

EM80-16
EM80-17

CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND

B+

D
D

EM80-18
EM80-19

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
ECM PROGRAMMING

I
I

EM80-20
EM80-22

CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE

GROUND
GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)

B+

FUEL INJECTOR – 2A
FUEL INJECTOR – 2B

PI8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI12 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

I
O

EM80-23
EM80-25

A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD)
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE

B+
GROUND

GROUND
B+

FUEL INJECTOR – 3A
FUEL INJECTOR – 3B

PI9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI13 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

O
O

EM81-04
EM81-05

PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

FUEL INJECTOR – 4A
FUEL INJECTOR – 4B

PI10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

I
I

EM81-13
EM81-14

CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST
CRUISE CONTROL SET +/-

B+
7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+

GROUND

FUEL PUMP
FUSE BOX – TRUNK

BT9 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO DL90 / NATURAL
BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET

TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

IGNITION COIL – 1A
IGNITION COIL – 1B

PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER

IGNITION COIL – 2A
IGNITION COIL – 2B

PI52 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI56 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER

IGNITION COIL – 3A
IGNITION COIL – 3B

PI53 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI57 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER

IGNITION COIL – 4A
IGNITION COIL – 4B

PI54 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER

I
I

EM81-15
EM83-04

CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
GROUND

I
I

EM83-10
EM83-11

IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR
IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR

23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)

O
O

EM84-02
EM84-03

INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE
INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

O
O

EM84-04
EM84-05

INJECTOR 2B ACTIVATE
INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

O
O

EM84-06
EM84-09

INJECTOR 1B ACTIVATE
IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING

GROUND
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)

B+
B+

O
O

EM84-10
EM84-11

IGNITION MODULE 3A SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2A SWITCHING

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)

B+
B+

O
I

EM84-12
EM84-13

IGNITION MODULE 1A SWITCHING
INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND

B+
B+

I
O

EM84-14
EM84-17

INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE
IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING

GROUND
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)

B+
B+

O
O

EM84-18
EM84-19

IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)

B+
B+

O
O

EM84-20
EM84-21

IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING
INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND

B+
B+

B+

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE
RADIATOR FAN – LH

LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK
CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN

RADIATOR FAN – RH
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK
LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
FUEL INJECTION RELAY
FUEL PUMP RELAY
IGNITION COIL RELAY

BROWN
BLACK
BROWN
BROWN

EM52 / BROWN
EM25 / BLACK
BUS
EM26 / BROWN

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #4, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
EM1
EM3
EM51
EM53
FC1
LF32
PI1
PI2
SC3
SW1
SW2

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
6-WAY JST / BLACK

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT20
EM8R
EM16R
EM17
FC17R
LF10L
LF10R
LF20L

EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 04.4

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
O
O
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
D
D
D
I
D
I
I
I
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SG
O
I
I
I
O
SG
I
I
SG
SG
I
I
I
D
D
I
O
SG
SG
I
SG
SG
SG
I
C
C
SG
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
C
O
O
I
I
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
O

EM80-01
EM80-02
EM80-03
EM80-04
EM80-05
EM80-06
EM80-07
EM80-08
EM80-09
EM80-15
EM80-17
EM80-18
EM80-19
EM80-21
EM80-27
EM80-28
EM80-29
EM80-31
EM81-03
EM81-08
EM81-09
EM81-10
EM81-12
EM81-16
EM81-17
EM81-18
EM81-19
EM81-21
EM81-22
EM81-23
EM81-24
EM82-01
EM82-02
EM82-04
EM82-05
EM82-06
EM82-07
EM82-08
EM82-09
EM82-10
EM82-11
EM82-12
EM82-13
EM82-14
EM82-15
EM82-16
EM82-17
EM83-05
EM83-06
EM83-07
EM83-08
EM83-09
EM83-12
EM83-13
EM83-14
EM83-15
EM83-16
EM83-17
EM83-18
EM83-19
EM83-20
EM83-21
EM83-22
EM83-23
EM83-24
EM83-25
EM83-26
EM83-27
EM83-28
EM84-01
EM84-07
EM84-15
EM84-16
EM84-22
EM85-01
EM85-02
EM85-03
EM85-04
EM85-05
EM85-06
EM85-07
EM85-08
EM85-09
EM85-10

EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE
GROUND (POWER)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
EOT FEEDBACK
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
ECM PROGRAMMING
GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1)
ECM PROGRAMMING
MAPS FEEDBACK
GROUND (LOGIC 2)
GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2)
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND (POWER)
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1)
TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1)
PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2)
TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2)
GROUND (LOGIC 1)
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
IATS 2 FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1
ENGINE CRANK
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA)
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1
BRAKE SWITCH
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT
INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT)
EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2
ECT FEEDBACK
OK TO START
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS FEEDBACK
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2
SENSOR SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL GROUND
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND
HO2S SHIELD
SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2
KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND
CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL
CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM
HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM
KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS FEEDBACK
GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS)
HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL
HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL
GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A)
GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B)
HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL
HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S1’ WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S2’ WINDING SUPPLY
“COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE
GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER)
GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER)
HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’ WINDING SUPPLY
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S4’ WINDING SUPPLY

Active

Inactive

GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)

B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

1.2 V = IDLE; 3.6 V = ENGINE SWITCHED OFF
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
B+ (P, N)
4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
B+
0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
GROUND
GROUND (APPLIED)
2.38 V @ 20 °C, (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
GROUND
5V
GROUND (CRANKING)
3.5 V
3.5 V
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
3.8 V
3.8 V
GROUND
B+
0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
5V
GROUND
GROUND
5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz
GROUND
0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
B+
0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
GROUND
GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE)
GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
GROUND
GROUND

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BRAKE SWITCH
CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE

CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CV1 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 90 / BLACK

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
UNDER VEHICLE / RH REAR

CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK

PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK
PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR

CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

EGR VALVE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

PI34 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY
PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR

EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR

EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK
FP1 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET

HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK

EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK
EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK

EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY
EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

IATS 2: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK

PI3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER / REAR
ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

GROUND
B+

KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK

ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER

GROUND
5V

MAPS: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

EM10 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK
CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR

PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS

PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
0V

B+
GROUND
B+
B+

B+
0V

5V
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND

B+

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
O2S HEATERS RELAY

BROWN
BROWN

EM49 / BROWN
EM75 / BROWN

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
BT5
CA19
CV2
EM1
EM2
EM3
EM53
FC1
LF3
PI1
PI2

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
UNDER REAR SEAT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

EM8L
EM16L
EM16R

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

B+
B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 04.5

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

EM80-01

EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE

GROUND (VALVE OPEN)

B+

COMPONENTS
Component

I
O

EM80-03
EM80-04

GROUND (POWER)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BRAKE SWITCH
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK

O
O

EM80-05
EM80-06

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE

CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK

PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

O
I

EM80-07
EM80-08

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR

I
I

EM80-09
EM80-15

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
EOT FEEDBACK

B+
2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)

GROUND

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

D
D

EM80-17
EM80-18

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND

GROUND

ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY
PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR

EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK

EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK
EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK

EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK
EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK
IATS 2: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2

EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY
PI3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER / REAR

KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK

PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD

MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK
CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS
THROTTLE MOTOR

PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS

PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

D
I

EM80-19
EM80-21

ECM PROGRAMMING
GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1)

D
I

EM80-27
EM80-29

ECM PROGRAMMING
GROUND (LOGIC 2)

GROUND

GROUND

I
O

EM80-31
EM81-03

GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2)
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
B+

I
I

EM81-08
EM81-09

GROUND (POWER)
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1)

GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT

GROUND

I
I

EM81-10
EM81-12

TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1)
PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
B+ (P, N)

I
I

EM81-17
EM81-18

EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2)

B+
0.4 V = IDLE; 3.25 V = WOT

I
I

EM81-19
EM81-21

TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2)
GROUND (LOGIC 1)

0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
GROUND

I
I

EM81-22
EM81-23

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
IATS 2 FEEDBACK

GROUND (APPLIED)
2.38 V @ 20 °C, (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)

B+

SG
O

EM81-24
EM82-01

PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1

GROUND
5V

GROUND
5V

I
I

EM82-02
EM82-04

ENGINE CRANK
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA)

GROUND (CRANKING)
3.5 V

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

I
O

EM82-05
EM82-06

HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE

3.5 V
GROUND

B+

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY
O2S HEATERS RELAY

BROWN
BROWN

EM49 / BROWN
EM75 / BROWN

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

SG
I

EM82-07
EM82-08

SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1
BRAKE SWITCH

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
B+

I
SG

EM82-09
EM82-10

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT

B+
3.8 V

B+

SG
I

EM82-11
EM82-12

HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT
INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT)

3.8 V
GROUND

I
I

EM82-13
EM82-14

EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2
ECT FEEDBACK

B+
0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)

D
D

EM82-15
EM82-16

OK TO START
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
0V

GROUND

B+
0V

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA19
EM1
EM53
LF3
PI1
PI2

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

I
O

EM82-17
EM83-05

IATS FEEDBACK
SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2

0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
5V

SG
SG
I

EM83-06
EM83-07
EM83-08

SENSOR SHIELD
CKPS SIGNAL GROUND
CKPS SIGNAL

GROUND
GROUND
5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz

GROUND
GROUND

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

SG
SG

EM83-09
EM83-12

CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND
HO2S SHIELD

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

SG
I

EM83-13
EM83-14

SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2
KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK

GROUND
0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK

GROUND

EM8L
EM16L
EM16R

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

C
C

EM83-15
EM83-16

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz

SG
I

EM83-17
EM83-18

CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND
CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL

GROUND
0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz

I
I

EM83-19
EM83-20

CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
B+

I
I

EM83-21
EM83-22

HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM
HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM

0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)

I
C

EM83-23
EM83-24

KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK
CAN NETWORK

0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
15 – 1500 Hz

C
O

EM83-25
EM83-26

CAN NETWORK
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND

15 – 1500 Hz
GROUND

O
I

EM83-27
EM83-28

MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS FEEDBACK

GROUND
1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE

I
O

EM84-01
EM84-07

GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS)
HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL

GROUND
GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE)

GROUND
B+

O
I

EM84-15
EM84-16

HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL
GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A)

GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE)
GROUND

B+
GROUND

I
O

EM84-22
EM85-01

GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B)
HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL

GROUND
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE)

GROUND
B+

O
O

EM85-02
EM85-05

HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL
“COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE)
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

EM85-06
EM85-07

GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER)
GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER)

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I

EM85-08

HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR

HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V

5V

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
GROUND

B+

GROUND
GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 04.6

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

CC28-1

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS

B+ (ON)

0V

O
I

CC30-1
CC31-7

AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
LOAD INHIBIT

B+
0V

0V
B+

O
I

CC31-9
CC31-17

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

B+
0 V (2 – 30 BAR)

0V
B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)

Active

Inactive

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
A/CCM: AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK
CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH

CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

I

EM80-10

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE

GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)

I
O

EM80-11
EM80-12

A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST
ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT

B+
GROUND

GROUND
B+

O
O

EM80-14
EM80-16

INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

EM80-20
EM80-22

CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE

GROUND
GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)

B+

FUEL INJECTOR – 1A
FUEL INJECTOR – 1B

PI7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

I
O

EM80-23
EM80-25

A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD)
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE

B+
GROUND

GROUND
B+

FUEL INJECTOR – 2A
FUEL INJECTOR – 2B

PI8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI12 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

O
O

EM81-04
EM81-05

PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

FUEL INJECTOR – 3A
FUEL INJECTOR – 3B

PI9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI13 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

I
I

EM81-13
EM81-14

CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST
CRUISE CONTROL SET +/-

B+
7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+

GROUND

FUEL INJECTOR – 4A
FUEL INJECTOR – 4B

PI10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
PI14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL

I
O

EM81-15
EM82-03

CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ACTIVATE

7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
GROUND

FUEL PUMPS
FUSE BOX – TRUNK

TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

I
I

EM83-04
EM83-10

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE
IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR

GROUND
23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)

I
O

EM83-11
EM84-02

IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR
INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE

23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
GROUND

BT9 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO DL90 / NATURAL
BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET

B+

O
O

EM84-03
EM84-04

INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE
INJECTOR 2B ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

IGNITION COIL – 1A
IGNITION COIL – 1B

PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER

O
O

EM84-05
EM84-06

INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE
INJECTOR 1B ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

IGNITION COIL – 2A
IGNITION COIL – 2B

PI52 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI56 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER

O
O

EM84-09
EM84-10

IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 3A SWITCHING

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)

B+
B+

IGNITION COIL – 3A
IGNITION COIL – 3B

PI53 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI57 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER

O
O

EM84-11
EM84-12

IGNITION MODULE 2A SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 1A SWITCHING

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)

B+
B+

IGNITION COIL – 4A
IGNITION COIL – 4B

PI54 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK
PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER

I
I

EM84-13
EM84-14

INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE
INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

INTERCOOLER PUMP
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE

LF30 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RH CRUSH TUBE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE

O
O

EM84-17
EM84-18

IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)

B+
B+

RADIATOR FAN – LH
RADIATOR FAN – RH

CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK
CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR

O
O

EM84-19
EM84-20

IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING
IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING

GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)
GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE)

B+
B+

O

EM84-21

INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

B+
B+

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
FUEL INJECTION RELAY
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY
IGNITION COIL RELAY
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY

BROWN
BLACK
BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BLACK

EM52 / BROWN
EM25 / BLACK
BUS
BUS
EM26 / BROWN
EM25 / BLACK

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #4, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
RELAY #1, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
EM1
EM3
EM51
EM53
FC1
LF32
PI1
PI2
SC3
SW1
SW2

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
6-WAY JST / BLACK

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT20
EM8R
EM16R
EM17
FC17R
LF10L
LF10R
LF20L
LF20R

EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 05.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

CC14-1

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

C
C

CC14-3
CC14-4

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

I
C

CC14-6
CC14-8

GROUND
CAN NETWORK

GROUND
15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

C

CC14-9

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
P Pin
Description

GROUND

Active

Inactive

O
O

EM7-1
EM7-2

PRESSURE REGULATOR #2
SPORT MODE SWITCH STATUS LED

GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE)
GROUND = LED ON

B+ (NO PRESSURE)
B+

O
O

EM7-4
EM7-5

PRESSURE REGULATOR #4
PRESSURE REGULATOR #1

GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE)
GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE)

B+ (NO PRESSURE)
B+ (NO PRESSURE)

I
I

EM7-6
EM7-8

GROUND
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L2’ CONTACTS

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

EM7-9
EM7-12

ROTARY SWITCH ‘L4’ CONTACTS
SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT

B+
GROUND = SPORT

GROUND
9 V = NORMAL

I
I

EM7-13
EM7-14

D – 4 SWITCH
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR

GROUND
300 Hz @ IDLE (2.5 V)

B+

SG
SG

EM7-15
EM7-16

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHIELD
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

SG
I

EM7-21
EM7-22

FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK

1.31 V
1.15 V @ 90°C

I
I

EM7-23
EM7-26

TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHIELD
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
B+

O
O

EM7-28
EM7-29

ROTARY / D – 4 / KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND
PRESSURE REGULATOR #3

GROUND
GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE)

GROUND
B+ (NO PRESSURE)

O
O

EM7-30
EM7-32

SOLENOID VALVE #1
SOLENOID VALVE #3

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

O
I

EM7-33
EM7-34

SOLENOID VALVE #2
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

I
I

EM7-36
EM7-37

ROTARY SWITCH ‘L1’ CONTACTS
ROTARY SWITCH ‘L3’ CONTACTS

B+
B+

EM7-42
EM7-44

TURBINE SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

1.51 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 250 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 500 Hz
1.51 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 223 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 446 Hz

I
O

EM7-45
EM7-51

SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT
PRESSURE REGULATOR #5

10 v = SPORT
GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE)

GROUND = NORMAL
B+ (NO PRESSURE)

O
O

EM7-52
EM7-53

SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY
PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY

B+
B+

B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND

I
I

EM7-54
EM7-55

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

EM7-82
EM7-83

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz

C
C

EM7-85
EM7-86

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

D – 4 SWITCH
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

CC7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A

CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 N/A
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH

EM46 / 16-WAY KOSTAL TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR / BLACK
EM47 / 10-WAY METRI-PACK 150 / BLACK

LEFT HAND REAR OF TRANSMISSION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

EM53

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CC2R
CC3L
EM8R

EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

I
I

C
C

COMPONENTS
Component

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 05.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

CC14-1

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

C
C

CC14-3
CC14-4

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

I
C

CC14-6
CC14-8

GROUND
CAN NETWORK

GROUND
15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

C

CC14-9

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

GROUND

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

CC8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

RIGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

KICKDOWN SWITCH

CC35 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR
CC36 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR
CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

BELOW ACCELERATOR PEDAL

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION)
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I
I

EM61-2
EM61-3

KICKDOWN SWITCH
SPORT MODE SWITCH

GROUND (= WOT)
0 V = SPORT; 0 V = NORMAL

B+ (< WOT)

I
I

EM61-25
EM61-26

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION

GROUND = R, D, 4, 3
GROUND = N, D, 4, 2

B+ = P, N, 2
B+ = P, R, 3

I
I

EM61-27
EM61-28

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION

GROUND = N, 4, 3, 2
GROUND = P, D, 3, 2

8 V = R, D

B+ = P
B+ = R, N, 4

I
I

EM61-29
EM61-30

IGNITION SUPPLIED VOLTAGE
TCM / DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY

B+
GROUND

C
C

EM62-L
EM62-H

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

5 – 1500 Hz
5 – 1500 Hz

GROUND
GROUND

I
O

EM62-12
EM62-13

n2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK
SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY

6V = 900 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 1800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘1’ ENGAGED)
5V

O
O

EM62-14
EM62-15

‘1-2 / 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE
‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

O
O

EM62-16
EM62-17

‘2-3’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE
TCC SOLENOID ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND = LOCKED

B+
B+ = UNLOCKED

O
I

EM62-33
EM62-34

SPEED SENSOR / FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR FEEDBACK

GROUND
1.75 V @ 90° C = R, D, 4, 3, 2

GROUND
5 V = P, N

I
O

EM62-35
EM62-36

n3 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK
MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE

6 V = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 170 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KPH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘2’ ENGAGED)
GROUND ( 42% PWM @ IDLE)
B+

O
O

EM62-37
EM62-38

SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE
SOLENOID VALVE / PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY

GROUND ( 39% PWM @ IDLE)
B+

TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 SC

EM61 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
EM62 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
GB1 / 13-WAY KOSTAL 1.5 / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

EM44
EM53
EM63

12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CC2R
CC3L
CC3R
EM8R

EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

B+
GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 05.3

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

I
O

FC15-32
FC15-48

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ACTIVATE

GROUND
B+ (UNLOCKED)

B+
GROUND (LOCKED)

O
I

FC15-51
FC15-58

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEYLOCK SOLENOID ACTIVATE
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS

B+ (LOCKED)
GROUND (PARK)

GROUND (UNLOCKED)
B+ (NOT IN PARK)

I
S

FC15-80
FC15-84

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK

B+
2 – 1600 Hz

B+

S
I

FC15-85
FC15-104

SCP NETWORK
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

2 – 1600 Hz
B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

B+

Active

Inactive

EM82-08

BRAKE SWITCH

GROUND

B+

C
C

EM83-16
EM83-25

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz

Active

C

CC14-3

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

C
C

CC14-4
CC14-8

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

C

CC14-9

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V

INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description

Inactive

Active

C

FC24-11

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

S
S

FC24-13
FC24-14

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

C

FC24-24

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
BRAKE SWITCH

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE

I

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

Inactive

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID
INSTRUMENT PACK

CC12 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
FASCIA

KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

SC5 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE
CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA19
EM1
EM2
FC7
FC11
LF3
SC1

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CC2R
CC3L
FC29L

EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 06.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

LF27-1

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE

B+

B+

I
I

LF27-2
LF27-3

BRAKE SWITCH
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

GROUND
2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz

B+

SG
C

LF27-4
LF27-5

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
CAN NETWORK

2.5 V @ REST
15 – 1500 Hz

SG
I

LF27-6
LF27-7

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

2.5 V @ REST
2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz

I
I

LF27-8
LF27-9

POWER GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
B+

I
I

LF27-13
LF27-14

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH

GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+
B+
B+

C
O

LF27-15
LF27-16

CAN NETWORK
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED

15 – 1500 Hz
GROUND

I
SG

LF27-17
LF27-18

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
2.5 V @ REST

I

LF27-19
LF27-20

NOT USED
IGNITION SWITCHED SUPPLY

B+

I
SG

LF27-21
LF27-22

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
2.5 V @ REST

I
I

LF27-24
LF27-25

POWER GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND

GROUND
B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

LF27 / 25-WAY AMP / FORD / BLACK
EM37 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

BRAKE SWITCH
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR

FL1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK
LA2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK

LH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
REAR AXLE / LH WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR

FR1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK
RA2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK

RH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
REAR AXLE / RH WHEEL HUB

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA9
CA19
CA29
EM1
LF1
LF2
LF3

4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / NATURAL
2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / NATURAL
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / LH SIDE
BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CC3L
LF29L
LF29R

EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – ABS GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – ABS GROUND STUD

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 06.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

CA32-2

TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE

2 V @ IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED

I
O

CA32-4
CA32-5

VEHICLE SPEED
TRANSDUCER POSITIVE

B+ @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 20 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 40 Hz
9 V @ IDLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED

I
I

CA32-6
CA32-8

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND

B+
0V

0V
0V

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER

CA32 / 9-WAY RISTS / BLACK
LL3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / NATURAL

LOWER LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
STEERING RACK / CONTROL VALVE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

FC5
LL2
LF3

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / LH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA30L

EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 06.3

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

EM68-1

INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPENING MIL

GROUND

B+

COMPONENTS
Component

O
D

EM68-3
EM68-10

ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND

GROUND

Connector / Type / Color

ACCELEROMETER – FRONT LATERAL
ACCELEROMETER – FRONT VERTICAL

EM28 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
EM4 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

I
O

EM68-11
EM68-13

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
LH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
B+

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

ACCELEROMETER – REAR VERTICAL
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

BT7 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
EM68 / 35-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

BELOW FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER /
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

O
O

EM68-14
EM68-15

RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
RH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

B+
B+

I
I

EM68-18
EM68-20

GROUND
FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK

GROUND
< 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V

GROUND
2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD

BRAKE SWITCH
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH FRONT

CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
EM64 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK

ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND SIDE

DAMPER SOLENOID – LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH FRONT

LA1 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK
EM65 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK

I
I

EM68-21
EM68-22

FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK
REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK

< 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V
< 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V

2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD
2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD

REAR AXLE / LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT HAND SIDE

I
O

EM68-24
EM68-25

VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY

22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM / H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM / H) @ B+
5V

5V

DAMPER SOLENOID – RH REAR

RA1 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK

REAR AXLE / RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID

I
I

EM68-26
EM68-27

BRAKE SWITCH
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

D
O

EM68-28
EM68-30

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
LH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

B+

B+

O
O

EM68-31
EM68-32

LH FRONT DAMPER
LH REAR DAMPER

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

O
O

EM68-33
EM68-34

RH FRONT DAMPER
RH REAR DAMPER

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

BT4
CA9
CA19
CA29
EM1
EM2
FC1
FC5
LF3

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

EM17

EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

Location / Access

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 07.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

CC28-6

DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR

B+

0V

O
O

CC28-7
CC28-8

CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR
LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access
RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL

CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE

AIR INTAKE – LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE – RH BLOWER

CC32 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN
CC33 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN

LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

O
O

CC28-9
CC28-12

RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR
FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

O
O

CC28-13
CC28-19

COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR
DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

O
O

CC28-20
CC28-21

CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR
LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

O
O

CC28-22
CC28-25

RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR
FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

O
I

CC28-26
CC29-1

COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR
SOLAR SENSOR FEEDBACK

B+
0.75 V – 4.75 V; INCREASING WITH SOLAR LOAD

0V

I
I

CC29-2
CC29-3

CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

> 3.5 V = OPEN
> 3.5 V = OPEN

< 1 V = CLOSED
< 1 V = CLOSED

I
I

CC29-5
CC29-6

COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

> 3.5 V = OPEN
2.5 V @ 90° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE

I
I

CC29-10
CC29-11

DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

I
O

CC29-13
CC30-2

D
I

CC30-3
CC30-5

I
D

CC30-6
CC30-7

HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL

2.25 V @ 20° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE

O
I

CC30-8
CC30-11

START
IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK

B+ (MOMENTARY)
3.25 V @ 0° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE

I
I

CC30-12
CC31-1

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

3.25 V @ 0° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
B+

0V

I
I

CC31-2
CC31-3

ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

B+
0V

0V
B+

O
I

CC31-4
CC31-5

CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

0V
B+

I
O

CC31-6
CC31-8

ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE

5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5V

5V

D
O

CC31-10
CC31-12

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INPUT
CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

I
O

CC31-13
CC31-14

GROUND
CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY

0V
0V

0V
0V

O
I

CC31-15
CC31-16

ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL

B+
22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+

0V

O
O

CC31-18
CC31-19

ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND

B+
0V

0V
0V

I
D

CC31-20
CC31-21

GROUND
SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT

0V

0V

CENTER CONSOLE

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY

LF16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK
FC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / BUMPER UNDER TRAY
DRIVER SIDE KNEE BOLSTER

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY
SOLAR SENSOR

CC34 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
FC52 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / LH DASH LINER
WINDSHIELD CENTER VENT

VENT ASSEMBLY

FC44 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

FASCIA – CENTER

< 1 V = CLOSED

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

> 3.5 V = OPEN
> 3.5 V = OPEN

< 1 V = CLOSED
< 1 V = CLOSED

AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY

BLACK

CA50 / BLACK

LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER

FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
CLOCK

> 3.5 V = OPEN
B+ (1.45 Hz)

< 1 V = CLOSED

SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK

2.18 V @ 25° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
P Pin
Description

0V

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA19
CA20
FC7
FC11

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA31L
CC3R
FC29L

EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Active

Inactive

I

CC27-1

CLOCK

B+ (1.45 kHz)

B+

I
D

CC27-2
CC27-3

START
SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO A/C CONTROL MODULE

B+

GROUND

D
I

CC27-4
CC27-5

SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM A/C CONTROL MODULE
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

I
I

CC27-6
CC27-7

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY

B+
GROUND

B+
GROUND

I
I

CC27-8
CC27-9

LOCATE ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
DIMMER OVERRIDE REQUEST

B+
GROUND

GROUND
B+

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 07.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

CC28-1

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS

B+ (ON)

0V

O
O

CC28-2
CC28-3

HEATER VALVE ACTIVE
RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVE

B+
0V

0V
B+

O
O

CC28-4
CC28-5

LH / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE

0V
0V

B+
B+

O
O

CC28-16
CC28-17

LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE
HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

B+
0V

0V
B+

O
I

CC28-18
CC29-7

HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE
RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK

0V
7.6 V = LOW SPEED

B+
0.83 V = HIGH SPEED

O
I

CC29-8
CC29-15

RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL
LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK

1.3 V = LOW SPEED
7.6 V = LOW SPEED

0 V = HIGH SPEED
0.83 V = HIGH SPEED

O
O

CC29-16
CC30-1

LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL
AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL

1.3 V = LOW SPEED
B+

0 V = HIGH SPEED
0V

I
O

CC31-7
CC31-9

LOAD INHIBIT
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST

0V
B+

B+
0V

I

CC31-17

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

0 V (2 – 30 BAR)

B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK
CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
BLOWER MOTOR – LH

CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE
CC32 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN

CENTER CONSOLE
LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX

BLOWER MOTOR – RH
DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER

CC33 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN
DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
DRIVER DOOR

DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

PASSENGER DOOR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

INSIDE ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST UPPER TRIM
BEHIND LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER PANEL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND REAR

Inactive

I
I

EM80-10
EM80-11

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE
A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST

GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)
B+

O
I

EM80-12
EM80-22

ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE

GROUND
GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)

B+

I
O

EM80-23
EM80-25

A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD)
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE

B+
GROUND

GROUND
B+

HEATED BACKLIGHT

O
O

EM81-04
EM81-05

PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

HEATER PUMP

CA21 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
IC18 / LUCAR
EM36 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

HEATER VALVE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE

EM40 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE
LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND REAR
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE

RADIATOR FAN – LH
RADIATOR FAN – RH

CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK
CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH

LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
SH4 / 2-WAY AMP SERIES 187C / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH

WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH

SH5 / 2-WAY AMP SERIES 187C / GREY

CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH

FUSE BOX – TRUNK
GROUND

TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – LH
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – RH
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH

BROWN
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
BROWN
BROWN
BLACK
BLACK

EM52 / BROWN
CA58 / BLACK
CA58 / BLACK
CA18 / BLACK
BUS
BUS
SH2 / BLACK
SH3 / BLACK

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
RELAY #2, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
RELAY #1, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA10
CA12
CA19
CA20
EM1
EM42
EM51
EM53
LF3
LF32
PI1

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA30R
CA33R
CC2L
EM8R
EM18L
EM18R
IC6
LF10L
LF10R
LF20L

EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 08.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC24-01

IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

I
I

FC24-03
FC24-04

ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
GROUND

I
I

FC24-06
FC24-07

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
TRIP CYCLE

B+
GROUND (MOMENTARY)

GROUND

I
I

FC24-08
FC24-09

‘A/B’ TRIP SELECT
‘ML/KM’ SELECT

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)

INSTRUMENT PACK

C
C

FC24-10
FC24-11

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz

S
S

FC24-13
FC24-14

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
I

FC24-15
FC24-16

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUND

B+
GROUND

I
I

FC24-18
FC24-19

‘CLEAR’ SELECT
‘000’ SELECT

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+
GROUND

C
C

FC24-23
FC24-24

CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz

O
O

FC24-25
FC25-03

GROUND REFERENCE
ENGINE SPEED

GROUND
5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz

O
O

FC25-04
FC25-05

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED – A/CCM

6 V = 90˚ C
22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+

O
O

FC25-06
FC25-07

VEHICLE SPEED – PAS
VEHICLE SPEED – ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+

I
O

FC25-13
FC25-14

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FEEDBACK
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND

B+ = EMPTY
GROUND

0 V = FULL
GROUND

I
I

FC25-16
FC25-19

AIR BAG MIL
LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING

GROUND (ON)
> 3 V = > 3 PSI

B+
B+

GROUND

O
I

FC25-20
FC25-21

VEHICLE SPEED
DIMMER OVERRIDE

22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
GROUND

B+

I
I

FC25-22
FC25-23

CHARGE WARNING
LOW COOLANT WARNING

B+
GROUND

GROUND
B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

ANALOG CLOCK
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH

FC38 / 6-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
EM55 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BROWN

CENTER AIR VENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON COOLANT RESERVOIR

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

BT14 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
BT15 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

FUEL TANK SENDER UNIT / TRUNK CARPET

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK

PI40 / 1-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / BLACK
FC27 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

ENGINE BLACK / BELOW GENERATOR
FASCIA

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

Location / Access

FASCIA

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
EM2
FC1
PI1

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

EM8L
FC17L
FC17R
FC29R

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 08.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

D

FC15-10

SRS AUDIBLE BACKUP

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I
I

FC15-15
FC15-31

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SEAT BELT SWITCH STATUS

GROUND
GROUND (UNFASTENED)

B+
B+ (FASTENED)

I
I

FC15-32
FC15-41

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

I
O

FC15-80
FC15-82

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER

B+
AUDIO OUTPUT

B+

O
S

FC15-83
FC15-84

AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER
SCP NETWORK

AUDIO OUTPUT
2 – 1600 Hz

S
I

FC15-85
FC15-104

SCP NETWORK
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

2 – 1600 Hz
B+

B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

SC7 / HARDWIRED
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS / ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

SEAT BELT SWITCH

SD8 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA23
FC5
SC1

BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA25R
CA26R

EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 09.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

FC15-1

RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY

B+

GROUND

O
O

FC15-2
FC15-3

LH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY
RH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY

B+ (PULSED)
B+ (PULSED)

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

FC15-14
FC15-15

HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REQUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
O

FC15-16
FC15-20

SIDE LAMP REQUEST
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-27
FC15-30

LH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY)
HEADLAMP FLASH REQUEST

B+ (PULSED)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)

GROUND
B+

I
I

FC15-38
FC15-41

FRONT FOG LAMP REQUEST
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

I
O

FC15-42
FC15-45

HEADLAMP DIP REQUEST
MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-53
FC15-59

LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
HAZARD LAMP REQUEST

B+
GROUND (MOMENTARY)

GROUND
B+

I
O

FC15-61
FC15-68

RH DI REQUEST
DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-79
FC15-80

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

B+
B+

B+
B+

O
S

FC15-81
FC15-84

RH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY)
SCP NETWORK

B+ (PULSED)
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
I

FC15-85
FC15-88

SCP NETWORK
LH DI REQUEST

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

B+

O

FC15-96

HAZARD LAMP STATUS

GROUND (PULSE)

B+

INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description
S
S

FC24-13
FC24-14

Active

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

Inactive

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIRECTION INDICATOR LAMP – LH FRONT
DIRECTION INDICATOR LAMP – RH FRONT

BL2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK
BR2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK

FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE

FOG LAMP SWITCHES
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT

FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL
BL4 / 2-WAY DELPHI / PACKARD METRIPACK 280 / GREY

FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE

FOG LAMP – RH FRONT
LAMP UNIT – LH FRONT

BR4 / 2-WAY DELPHI / PACKARD METRIPACK 280 / GREY
LF38 / 6-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK

FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

LAMP UNIT – RH FRONT
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

LF40 / 6-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

INSTRUMENT PACK

FASCIA

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

SIDE DI REPEATER – LH (ROW ONLY)
SIDE DI REPEATER – RH (ROW ONLY)

LF17 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
CA80 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER

SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT (NAS ONLY)
SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT (NAS ONLY)

BL5 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK
BR5 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK

FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE
FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

DIP BEAM RELAY
FRONT FOG RELAY
MAIN BEAM RELAY

BROWN
BROWN
BROWN

BUS
BUS
BUS

RELAY #5, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #2, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #3, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
BL1
BR1
FC5
FC7
LF3
GROUNDS
Ground
CC3L
CC3R
FC17L
FC17R
LF18L
LF19R

4-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
4-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

Location / Access
BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
ADJACENT TO BOTTOM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

Location / Type
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 09.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-12

REAR FOG LAMP REQUEST

GROUND

B+

I
I

FC15-15
FC15-16

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
SIDE LAMP REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
BRAKE SWITCH

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE

CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK
BT40 / 2-WAY DIODE MODULE ASSEMBLY

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
ADJACENT TO BATTERY / BATTERY COVER

FOG LAMP SWITCHES
FUSE BOX – TRUNK

FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL
BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET

FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

O
I

FC15-28
FC15-41

RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

B+
GROUND (CRANKING)

GROUND
B+

O
O

FC15-44
FC15-49

REAR FOG LAMP STATUS
TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY

GROUND
B+ (PULSED)

B+
GROUND

O
O

FC15-50
FC15-54

LH DI LAMP SUPPLY
LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY

B+ (PULSED)
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

FC15-59
FC15-61

HAZARD LAMP REQUEST
RH DI REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND

B+
B+

O
O

FC15-75
FC15-76

TRAILER LH DI LAMP SUPPLY
RH DI LAMP SUPPLY

B+ (PULSED)
B+ (PULSED)

GROUND
GROUND

HIGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP
INSTRUMENT PACK

BACKLIGHT
FASCIA

I
I

FC15-79
FC15-80

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

B+
B+

B+
B+

CA35 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / NATURAL
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
O

FC15-88
FC15-95

LH DI REQUEST
SIDE MARKER & NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-96
FC15-104

HAZARD LAMP STATUS
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND (PULSE)
B+

B+
B+

Active

Inactive

INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description
C

FC24-11

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

S
S

FC24-13
FC24-14

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

C

FC24-24

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O
O

BT1-3
BT1-4

RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
I

BT1-5
BT1-6

REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
B+

O
S

BT1-7
BT1-8

SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz

O
I

BT1-9
BT1-13

LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
S

BT1-14
BT1-16

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

I
I

BT2-1
BT2-6

BRAKE SWITCH STATUS
TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS

GROUND (BRAKE ON)
GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT)

B+
B+ (NO TRAILER)

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

NUMBER PLATE LAMP – LH

BT27 / 2-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

NUMBER PLATE LAMP – RH
REAR SIDE MARKER – LH (NAS ONLY)

BT26 / 2-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK
BT29 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET

REAR SIDE MARKER – RH (NAS ONLY)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

BT31 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK
BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK

TRUNK RH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH

BT51 / 7-WAY FRAM – FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
BT50 / 7-WAY FRAM – FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

TRUNK LH SIDE / REAR LAMP COVER
TRUNK RH SIDE / REAR LAMP COVER

TRAILER CONNECTOR

BT32 / 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

STOP LAMP RELAY
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY

BROWN
BROWN

BUS
BUS

RELAY #5, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
RELAY #3, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA19
FC1
FC5
FC7

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT20
BT21L
BT22L*
BT24*
CA31L
CC3L
CC3R
FC17L
FC17R

EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 09.3
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – LH
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – RH

LF41 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK
LF42 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH HEADLAMP
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH HEADLAMP

HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)

FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

Location / Access

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

FC5
LF3

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

FC17L
LF18L
LF19R

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 10.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

DD10-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

I
S

DD10-8
DD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

O
S

DD10-14
DD10-16

DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK

B+
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

I
I

DD10-17
DD11-4

POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST

GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY)

GROUND
GROUND

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

I
I

DD11-12
DD11-20

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

GROUND
B+

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR

DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

I

RD10-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

I
S

RD10-8
RD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR

PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

O
S

RD10-14
RD10-16

PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK

B+ (LIGHT ON)
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

‘E’ POST LAMP – LH
‘E’ POST LAMP – RH

IC4 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
CA5 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

LH ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST TRIM
RH ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST TRIM

I
I

RD10-17
RD11-20

POWER GROUND
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH

GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

GROUND
B+

GARAGE DOOR OPENER
GLOVE BOX LAMP

CA53 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
FC33 / 1-WAY LUCAR 02 / CLEAR
FC34 / 1-WAY LUCAR 02 / CLEAR

ROOF CONSOLE
GLOVE BOX

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER REAR DOOR

FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
RD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK

STEERING COLUMN
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER PASSENGER

DD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK
PD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

PD10-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

I
S

PD10-8
PD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

PUDDLE LAMP – PASSENGER REAR DOOR
TRUNK LAMP – LH

RP14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK
BT46 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET

O
S

PD10-14
PD10-16

PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK

B+ (LIGHT ON)
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

TRUNK LAMP – RH
TRUNK SWITCH

BT47 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
BT41 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK

TRUNK RH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

I
I

PD10-17
PD11-20

POWER GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH

GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

GROUND
B+

VANITY LAMP – LH
VANITY LAMP – RH

CA69 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CA70 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

LH SUN VISOR
RH SUN VISOR

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I
I

RP10-1
RP10-8

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

B+
GROUND

S
O

RP10-9
RP10-14

SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY

2 – 1600 Hz
B+ (LIGHT ON)

GROUND

S
I

RP10-16
RP10-17

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

GROUND

I

RP11-20

PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH

GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

B+

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I
I

FC15-15
FC15-24

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

B+
GROUND

I
I

FC15-32
FC15-41

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-57
FC15-67

COURTESY LAMP ACTIVATE REQUEST
KEY IN IGNITION

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (KEY IN)

B+
B+ (KEY OUT)

O
I

FC15-74
FC15-80

COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

B+
B+

GROUND
B+

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

O
I

FC15-101
FC15-104

ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

B+
B+

B+
B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA8
CA10
CA11
CA12
CA14
CA16
FC1
FC5
IC1

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT22L*
BT24*
CA30L
CA30R
CA31L
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA36R
FC17L
FC29L
IC20

EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 10.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DIMMER MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

FC23-1

INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY

B+ (LIGHTS ON)

GROUND

O
I

FC23-2
FC23-3

INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY

B+ (LIGHTS ON)
GROUND

GROUND

I
I

FC23-4
FC23-5

SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

GROUND
1.3 V = DIM; 4 V = BRIGHT

O
O

FC23-6
FC23-7

DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
GENERAL ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY

GROUND
B+ (LIGHTS ON)

GROUND
GROUND

O
I

FC23-8
FC23-9

GENERAL ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY
GROUND SUPPLY

B+ (LIGHTS ON)
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

FC23-10
FC23-11

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+
B+

B+
B+

O

FC23-12

DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE

4V

0V

INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

CIGAR LIGHTER – FRONT
CIGAR LIGHTER – REAR

CA74 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CA75 / 2-WAY AMP / METALLIC
CA76 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT

ANALOG CLOCK
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH

FC38 / 6-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL

CENTER AIR VENT
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

DIMMER CONTROL
DIMMER MODULE

SC11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC23 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK

FASCIA SWITCH PACK
FOG LAMP SWITCHES

FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN
FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL

FASCIA SWITCH PACK
FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK

CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
FASCIA

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

Active

Inactive

I
I

FC24-16
FC24-6

GROUND
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION)

CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

I

FC25-21

DIMMER OVERRIDE

GROUND

B+

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

ROOF CONSOLE

CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
CA53 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

ROOF CONSOLE

SPLICE HEADER – CA224
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR

CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN
DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
DOOR TRIM PANEL

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR

RD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN
PD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN

DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL

SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK

RP1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN
FC27 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

DOOR TRIM PANEL
FASCIA

CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA8
CA11
CA14
CA16
CA19
CA27
CA45
CA46
FC5
FC7
SC3
SP25

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA30L
CA33L
CA36L
CA47L
CA47R
CC2R
CC3L
CC3R
FC17R
FC29L
FC29R
IC8

EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (SINGLE) – RADIO GROUND STUD / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / CENTER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 11.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-11

AUTO TILT REQUEST

GROUND

B+

I
I

FC15-15
FC15-25

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND SUPPLY

GROUND
GROUND

B+
GROUND

I
O

FC15-32
FC15-40

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE

GROUND
5V

B+

I
O

FC15-41
FC15-52

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY

GROUND (CRANKING)
B+

B+
GROUND

I
I

FC15-58
FC15-66

NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS
COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

GROUND (PARK)
0.5 V = OUT, 4 V = IN

B+ (NOT IN PARK)

I
O

FC15-67
FC15-78

KEY IN IGNITION
COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY

GROUND (KEY IN)
B+

B+ (KEY OUT)
GROUND

I
S

FC15-80
FC15-84

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK

B+
2 – 1600 Hz

B+

S
I

FC15-85
FC15-87

SCP NETWORK
COLUMN MOVEMENT REQUEST

2 – 1600 Hz
UP = 10.1V, DOWN = 12.1V, RETRACT = 8.5V, EXTEND = 6.8V

O
O

FC15-90
FC15-91

COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
O

FC15-93
FC15-99

COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY

UP = 4V, DOWN = 0.5V
B+

GROUND

O
I

FC15-100
FC15-102

COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

B+
B+

GROUND
B+

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

DD10-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

I
S

DD10-8
DD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
O

DD10-16
DD11-2

SCP NETWORK
SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND (LED ON)

B+

I

DD11-20

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

B+

I
I

RD10-1
RD10-8

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

SC9 / 8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

COLUMN JOYSTICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

SC9 / 8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

STEERING COLUMN
DOOR TRIM PANEL

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC49 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC50 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
STEERING COLUMN

DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER

I

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

Active

Inactive

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

B+
GROUND

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA8
CA10
CA13
CA14
FC7

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA33L
CA36L
CC3L
FC17L
FC17R
FC29L

EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

S
S

RD10-9
RD10-16

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
I

RD10-19
RD11-5

MODULE IDENTIFICATION
MEMORY 1

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

RD11-7
RD11-13

MODULE IDENTIFICATION
MEMORY SET

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

RD11-15
RD11-22

MEMORY 3
MEMORY 2

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 11.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

I
I

FC15-32
FC15-41

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+
B+ (NOT IN PARK)
B+

I
I

FC15-58
FC15-80

NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND (PARK)
B+

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

O

FC15-101

ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

B+

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY

B+
B+ = LEFT / DOWN; GROUND = RIGHT / UP

B+

O
O

DD10-3
DD10-4

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR

B+ = RIGHT
B+ = UP

GROUND = LEFT
GROUND = DOWN

I
S

DD10-8
DD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
I

DD10-16
DD10-17

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

O
I

DD10-20
DD10-21

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK

B+
1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT

I
I

DD10-22
DD11-1

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK
MIRROR COMMON GROUND

1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP
GROUND

GROUND

O
I

DD11-2
DD11-3

SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED
LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST

GROUND (LED ON)
B+ = DOWN

B+
GROUND = UP

I
I

DD11-5
DD11-9

PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT
RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+ = DOWN

GROUND
GROUND = UP

I
I

DD11-10
DD11-13

LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER MIRROR SELECT

B+ = LEFT
B+

GROUND = RIGHT
GROUND

I
I

DD11-17
DD11-20

RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

B+ = LEFT
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

GROUND = RIGHT
B+

Active

Inactive

B+

B+

I
S

RD10-8
RD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
I

RD10-16
RD10-19

SCP NETWORK
MODULE IDENTIFICATION

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

GROUND

I
I

RD11-5
RD11-7

MEMORY 1
MODULE IDENTIFICATION

B+
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

RD11-13
RD11-15

MEMORY SET
MEMORY 3

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I

RD11-22

MEMORY 2

B+

GROUND

Active

Inactive

15 – 1500 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

S
C

FC24-14
FC24-24

SCP NETWORK
CAN NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
15 – 1500 Hz

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – PASSENGER

DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR

DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER
INSTRUMENT PACK

DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
FASCIA

MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR JOYSTICK
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR TRIM PANEL

CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

B+

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

GROUND

RD10-1

FC24-11
FC24-13

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

I

C
S

Location / Access

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

B+

DD10-1
DD10-2

INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description

Connector / Type / Color

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

I
O

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA8
CA10
CA11
CA12
CA13
CA14
FC1
FC5
FC7

DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA30R
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Active

Inactive

I
O

PD10-1
PD10-2

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON

B+
B+ = LEFT / DOWN

B+
GROUND = RIGHT / UP

O
O

PD10-3
PD10-4

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR

B+ = RIGHT
B+ = UP

GROUND
GROUND

I
S

PD10-8
PD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
I

PD10-16
PD10-17

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

O
I

PD10-20
PD10-21

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

B+
1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT

I

PD10-22

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE

1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP

GROUND
B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 11.3

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

I
I

FC15-32
FC15-41

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

I
S

FC15-80
FC15-84

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK

B+
2 – 1600 Hz

B+

S
O

FC15-85
FC15-101

SCP NETWORK
ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

2 – 1600 Hz
B+

B+

Active

Inactive
B+

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I

DD10-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

O

DD10-2

B+ = LEFT / DOWN; GROUND = RIGHT / UP

O

DD10-3

B+ = RIGHT

GROUND = LEFT

O
I

DD10-4
DD10-8

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
LOGIC GROUND

B+ = UP
GROUND

GROUND = DOWN
GROUND

S
S

DD10-9
DD10-16

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
I

DD10-17
DD11-1

POWER GROUND
MIRROR COMMON GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

DD11-3
DD11-5

LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT

B+ = DOWN
B+

GROUND = UP
GROUND

I
I

DD11-9
DD11-10

RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST
LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+ = DOWN
B+ = LEFT

GROUND = UP
GROUND = RIGHT

I
I

DD11-13
DD11-17

DRIVER MIRROR SELECT
RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+ = LEFT

GROUND
GROUND = RIGHT

Active

Inactive

PD10-1
PD10-2

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON

B+
B+ = LEFT / DOWN

B+
GROUND = RIGHT / UP

O
O

PD10-3
PD10-4

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR

B+ = RIGHT
B+ = UP

GROUND
GROUND

I
S

PD10-8
PD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
I

PD10-16
PD10-17

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

I
O

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – PASSENGER

DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR

MIRROR JOYSTICK
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA8
CA10
CA11
CA12
CA13
CA14
FC1
FC5

DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA30R
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L

EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 11.4

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

I
I

FC15-16
FC15-32

SIDE LAMP REQUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
O

FC15-42
FC15-72

HEADLAMP DIP REQUEST
MIRROR FOLDBACK RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-77
FC15-80

MIRROR FOLD OUT RELAY ACTIVATE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

O

FC15-101

ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

B+

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

B+

Active

Inactive
B+
GROUND

DD10-1
DD10-8

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

S
S

DD10-9
DD10-16

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
I

DD10-17
DD11-1

POWER GROUND
MIRROR COMMON GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

DD11-3
DD11-5

FOLD-BACK REQUEST
PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT

B+ = DOWN
B+

GROUND = UP
GROUND

I
I

DD11-9
DD11-10

FOLD-OUT REQUEST
LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+ = DOWN
B+ = LEFT

GROUND = UP
GROUND = RIGHT

I
I

DD11-13
DD11-17

DRIVER MIRROR SELECT
RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+ = LEFT

GROUND
GROUND = RIGHT

Active

Inactive

C

FC24-11

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

S
S

FC24-13
FC24-14

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

C

FC24-24

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER

DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

DRIVER DOOR
PASSENGER DOOR

INSTRUMENT PACK

FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
CA55 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

WINDSHIELD / IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR

I
I

INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

FASCIA

LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

MIRROR JOYSTICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
DOOR TRIM PANEL

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SPLICE HEADER – CA224

DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN

DOOR TRIM PANEL
LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

FOLD-BACK RELAY
FOLD-OUT RELAY

BLACK
BLACK

CA60 / BLACK
CA60 / BLACK

LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA8
CA10
CA11
FC1
FC5

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA30R
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA38R
FC17R

EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

O
I

FC15-17
FC15-32

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

I
I

FC15-35
FC15-41

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-69
FC15-80

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

INSTRUMENT PACK

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I

FC15-86

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+

MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR TRIM PANEL
DRIVER SEAT / UNDER

Inactive

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

SD7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT

Active

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

B+
GROUND

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER

SD10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SD4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SD6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SD11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT

SD9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SD5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I
I

DD10-1
DD10-8

S
S

DD10-9
DD10-16

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

O

DD11-2

SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED

GROUND (LED ON)

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

B+

Active

Inactive

I
I

RD10-1
RD10-8

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

B+
GROUND

S
S

RD10-9
RD10-16

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
I

RD10-19
RD11-5

MODULE IDENTIFICATION
MEMORY 1

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

RD11-7
RD11-13

MODULE IDENTIFICATION
MEMORY SET

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

RD11-15
RD11-22

MEMORY 3
MEMORY 2

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O
O

SD1-1
SD1-2

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-3
SD1-4

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-5
SD1-6

DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-7
SD1-8

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-9
SD1-10

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I
I

SD1-11
SD1-12
SD1-13

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-14
SD1-15

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
O

SD1-16
SD2-1

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR / SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. GROUND

B+
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD2-2
SD2-5

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE GROUND
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR / SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. VOLTAGE

GROUND
5V

GROUND

O
I

SD2-6
SD2-8

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

5V
10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN

I
I

SD2-9
SD2-10

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN
10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN

I
I

SD2-11
SD2-12

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK

9 V = FORE, 2 V = AFT
2 V = FORE, 10 V = AFT

O
O

SD2-14
SD2-15

DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD2-18
SD2-19

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE

5V
5V

I
I

SD3-1
SD3-2

MODULE IDENTIFICATION
POWER GROUND

GROUND (DRIVER)
GROUND

O
O

SD3-3
SD3-4

DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD3-5
SD3-6

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

B+
GROUND

I
S

SD3-8
SD3-9

DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST
SCP NETWORK

B+
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S

SD3-10

SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz

INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description
FC24-11

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

S
S

FC24-13
FC24-14

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

C

FC24-24

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER

BROWN

SD14 / BROWN

FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA8
CA10
CA13
CA14
CA23
FC1
FC5
FC7

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA25L
CA25R
CA26L
CA26R
CA33L
CA36L
CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND

Active

C

FASCIA

Inactive

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

O
I

FC15-17
FC15-32

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-35
FC15-41

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-69
FC15-80

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I

FC15-86

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+

Active

Inactive

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
O
O

SD1-1
SD1-2

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-3
SD1-4

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-5
SD1-6

DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-7
SD1-8

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-9
SD1-10

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-11
SD1-12

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-13
SD1-14

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-15
SD1-16

DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD3-1
SD3-2

MODULE IDENTIFICATION
POWER GROUND

GROUND (DRIVER)
GROUND

GROUND

O
O

SD3-3
SD3-4

DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD3-5
SD3-6

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

B+
GROUND

I
S

SD3-8
SD3-9

DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST
SCP NETWORK

B+
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S

SD3-10

SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

SD7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER

SD10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SD4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SD6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SD11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT

SD9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SD5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER

BROWN

SD14 / BROWN

FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA8
CA13
CA23
FC1
FC5
FC7

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA25L
CA25R
CA26L
CA26R
CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.3

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

O
I

FC15-17
FC15-32

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-35
FC15-41

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-69
FC15-80

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

I

FC15-86

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SD7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

DRIVER SEAT

SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT MOTOR – DRIVER (RAISE / LOWER ONLY)

CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SD16 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

DRIVER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT (RAISE / LOWER ONLY)

SD9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SD17 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER
SEAT RAISE RELAY
SEAT LOWER RELAY

BROWN
BLACK
BLACK

SD14 / BROWN
SD18 / BLACK
SD18 / BLACK

FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA8
CA13
CA23
FC1
FC5
FC7

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA25L
CA26L
CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.4

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

O
I

FC15-17
FC15-32

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-35
FC15-41

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-69
FC15-80

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I

FC15-86

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
SP1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SP3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

SP7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

PASSENGER SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER

SP10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SP4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SP6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SP11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT

SP9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SP5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT

B+

Active

Inactive

O
O

SD1-1
SD1-2

PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-3
SD1-4

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-5
SD1-6

PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SD1-7
SD1-8

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-9
SD1-10

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-11
SD1-12

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-13
SD1-14

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SD1-15
SD1-16

PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
O

SD3-2
SD3-3

COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
I

SD3-4
SD3-5

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
B+

I
I

SD3-6
SD3-8

PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

S
S

SD3-9
SD3-10

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER

BROWN

SP14 / BROWN

FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA27
FC1
FC5
FC7

10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA25L
CA26L
CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.5

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

O
I

FC15-17
FC15-32

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-35
FC15-41

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER)
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-69
FC15-80

SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I

FC15-86

SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER)

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

B+

Active

Inactive

O
O

SP1-1
SP1-2

PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SP1-3
SP1-4

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SP1-5
SP1-6

PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
O

SP1-7
SP1-8

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SP1-9
SP1-10

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SP1-11
SP1-12

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SP1-13
SP1-14

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

SP1-15
SP1-16

PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
O

SP3-2
SP3-3

COMMON GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
GROUND

O
I

SP3-4
SP3-5

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY SUPPLY

B+
B+

GROUND
B+

I
I

SP3-6
SP3-8

PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST
PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

S
S

SP3-9
SP3-10

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FORE / AFT SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
SP19 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
PASSENGER SEAT / REAR

RECLINE SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

SP20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
SP1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SP3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

PASSENGER SEAT / REAR
PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

SP7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

PASSENGER SEAT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER

SP10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SP4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SP6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SP11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER

SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT

SP9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
SP5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER

BROWN

SP14 / BROWN

FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA27
FC1
FC5
FC7
SP25

10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA25L
CA26L
CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.6

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-15

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

O
I

FC15-17
FC15-32

RH SEAT HEATER STATUS
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-35
FC15-41

RH SEAT HEATER REQUEST
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-69
FC15-80

LH SEAT HEATER STATUS
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND
B+

B+
B+

I

FC15-86

LH SEAT HEATER REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
SP7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
PASSENGER SEAT

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER

CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SP9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

PASSENGER SEAT

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER

BROWN

SP14 / BROWN

FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA27
FC1
FC5
FC7

10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CC3L
CA25L
CA26L

EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.7

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

BS1-11

LH LUMBAR SWITCH INFLATE

B+

0V

I
I

BS2-3
BS2-4

GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
B+

I
I

BS2-5
BS2-6

GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

GROUND
B+

I
O

BS2-12
BS6-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED

B+
B+

B+
B+

O
O

BS6-2
BS6-3

RH REAR SEAT LUMBER DEFLATE SOLENOID VALVE
LH REAR SEAT MOTOR – FORE / AFT MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

O
O

BS6-4
BS6-5

LH REAR SEAT MOTOR – FORE / AFT MOTOR
LH REAR SEAT – HEADREST MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

O
O

BS6-6
BS6-7

LH REAR SEAT – HEADREST MOTOR
RH REAR SEAT MOTOR – FORE / AFT MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

O
O

BS6-8
BS6-10

RH REAR SEAT MOTOR – FORE / AFT MOTOR
LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED

B+
B+

0V
B+

O
O

BS6-11
BS6-12

RH REAR SEAT – HEADREST MOTOR
RH REAR SEAT – HEADREST MOTOR

B+
B+

0V
0V

I
I

BS7-8
BS7-9

RH LUMBAR SWITCH – INFLATE REQUEST
RH FORE / AFT SWITCH – AFT REQUEST

B+
B+

0V
0V

I
I

BS7-10
BS7-14

RH FORE / AFT SWITCH – FORE REQUEST
RH HEADREST SWITCH – LOWER REQUEST

B+
B+

I
I

BS7-15
BS7-16

RH HEADREST SWITCH – RAISE REQUEST
LH HEADREST SWITCH – LOWER REQUEST

I
I

BS7-17
BS7-18

I
I

BS7-19
BS7-20

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access
BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – LH REAR

BS1 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / BLUE
BS2 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / BLUE
BS6 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
BS7 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
BS21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BELOW SEAT CUSHION

SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – RH REAR
SEAT FORE / AFT SWITCH – LH REAR

BS22 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
BC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

BELOW SEAT CUSHION
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT FORE / AFT SWITCH – RH REAR
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – LH REAR

BC5 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
BX3 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR SEAT

SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – RH REAR
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH – LH REAR

BB3 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
BC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

REAR SEAT
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT HEADREST SWITCH – RH REAR
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH REAR

BC7 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
BX4 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR SEAT

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH REAR
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH – LH REAR

BB4 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
BC8 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

REAR SEAT
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH – RH REAR

BC6 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

0V
0V

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

B+
B+

0V
0V

LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY – LH

BLACK

BS10 / BLACK

RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER

LH HEADREST SWITCH – RAISE REQUEST
LH FORE / AFT SWITCH – AFT REQUEST

B+
B+

0V
0V

LH FORE / AFT SWITCH – FORE REQUEST
RH LUMBAR SWITCH – DEFLATE REQUEST

B+
B+

0V
0V

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – REAR

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BS3
BS4
BS5
CA109

6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA38L
CA39L
CA39R

EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.8
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH REAR
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH REAR

BX1 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
BB1 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH REAR (LWB VEHICLES)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH REAR (LWB VEHICLES)

BC1 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
BC2 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT HEATER TIMER – LH REAR
SEAT HEATER TIMER – RH REAR

BS8 / 5-WAY RELAY BASE / BROWN
BS9 / 5-WAY RELAY BASE / BROWN

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

SQUAB HEATER – LH REAR
SQUAB HEATER – RH REAR

BX5 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
BB5 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BS3
BS4
BS5
CA109

6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA38L

EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 12.9
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH REAR
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH REAR

BX1 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
BB1 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH REAR (LWB VEHICLES)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH REAR (LWB VEHICLES)

BC1 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
BC2 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK

REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

SEAT HEATER TIMER – LH REAR
SEAT HEATER TIMER – RH REAR

BS8 / 5-WAY RELAY BASE / BROWN
BS9 / 5-WAY RELAY BASE / BROWN

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

SQUAB HEATER – LH REAR
SQUAB HEATER – RH REAR

BX5 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
BB5 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

REAR SEAT
REAR SEAT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BS11
BS12
BS13
BS15
CA109

10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL
3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BEHIND REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
BEHIND REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA38L

EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 13.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-5

TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+

I
I

FC15-15
FC15-32

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-33
FC15-41

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-55
FC15-58

VALET REQUEST
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (PARK)

B+
B+ (NOT IN PARK)

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

I
I

FC15-63
FC15-67

CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST
KEY IN IGNITION

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (KEY IN)

B+
B+ (KEY OUT)

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

O
I

FC15-71
FC15-80

DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND (PULSE)
B+

B+
B+

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

DD10-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

O
O

DD10-5
DD10-6

DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
S

DD10-8
DD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

S
I

DD10-16
DD10-17

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

GROUND

I
I

DD11-4
DD11-12

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST

B+ (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)

GROUND
GROUND

I

DD11-20

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

B+

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

GROUND

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER REAR

DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER REAR

PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER

DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER

RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR

RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
BT16 / 2-WAY LABINAL / NATURAL

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
TRUNK / LH FRONT

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
KEY FOB ANTENNA

FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
BT33 / 1-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK

STEERING COLUMN
TOP OF BACKLIGHT

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX

SPLICE HEADER – CA223
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR

CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK
BT43 / 2-WAY LABINAL / BROWN

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)

BT42 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN
FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
FASCIA SWITCH PACK

BT41 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

Active

Inactive

I
O

RD10-1
RD10-5

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK

B+
B+

B+
GROUND

O
I

RD10-6
RD10-8

DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

TRUNK SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

S
S

RD10-9
RD10-16

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
I

RD10-17
RD10-19

POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTIFICATION

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

I
I

RD11-7
RD11-20

MODULE IDENTIFICATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH

GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

GROUND
B+

DOOR LOCKING RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY

BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

CA50 / BLACK
BT23 / BLACK
BT23 / BLACK

LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
TRUNK RELAYS / TRUNK
TRUNK RELAYS / TRUNK

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I
O

PD10-1
PD10-5

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK

B+
B+

B+
GROUND

O
I
S

PD10-6
PD10-8
PD10-9

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

B+
GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND
GROUND

S
I

PD10-16
PD10-17

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

GROUND

I

PD11-20

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH

GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

B+

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I

RP10-1

Active

Inactive

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA8
CA10
CA11
CA11
CA12
CA14
CA16
CA45
CA46
FC1
FC7

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

O
O

RP10-5
RP10-6

PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK

B+
B+

GROUND
GROUND

I
S

RP10-8
RP10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
I

RP10-16
RP10-17

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

GROUND

I

RP11-20

PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH

GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

B+

EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) – KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND / BACKLIGHT / CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

Active

Inactive

BT1-1
BT1-2

TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE

B+ (PULSE)
B+ (PULSE)

GROUND
GROUND

S
O

BT1-8
BT1-10

SCP NETWORK
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE

2 – 1600 Hz
B+

GROUND

I
I

BT1-13
BT1-14

LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
S

BT1-15
BT1-16

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK

B+
2 – 1600 Hz

B+

BT22L*
BT24*
BT28L
BT34
CA30R
CA31L
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA36R
CC3L
CC3R
FC17L

I
I

BT2-3
BT2-5

TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST
TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (INTRUSION)

B+
B+ (SECURE)

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

I
I

BT2-7
BT2-19

DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS

I
I

BT6-1
BT6-2

KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD

GROUND

GROUND

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
O
O

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 13.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-5

TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+

I
I

FC15-15
FC15-32

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-33
FC15-41

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)

B+
B+

I
I

FC15-55
FC15-58

VALET REQUEST
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (PARK)

B+
B+ (NOT IN PARK)

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

I
I

FC15-63
FC15-67

CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST
KEY IN IGNITION

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (KEY IN)

B+
B+ (KEY OUT)

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

O
I

FC15-71
FC15-80

DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND (PULSE)
B+

B+
B+

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR

S
S

FC15-84
FC15-85

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

DD10-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

O
I

DD10-5
DD10-8

DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

S
S

DD10-9
DD10-16

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
I

DD10-17
DD11-4

POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST

GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY)

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

DD11-12
DD11-20

DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

GROUND
B+

Active

Inactive

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I

RD10-1

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY

B+

B+

O
I

RD10-5
RD10-8

DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK
LOGIC GROUND

B+
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

S
S

RD10-9
RD10-16

SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK

2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz

I
I

RD10-17
RD10-19

POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTIFICATION

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
I

RD11-7
RD11-20

MODULE IDENTIFICATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH

GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

GROUND
B+

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I
O

PD10-1
PD10-5

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK

B+
B+

B+
GROUND

I
S

PD10-8
PD10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
I
I

PD10-16
PD10-17
PD11-20

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description

GROUND
B+

Active

Inactive

I
O

RP10-1
RP10-5

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK

B+
B+

B+
GROUND

I
S

RP10-8
RP10-9

LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK

GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND

S
I

RP10-16
RP10-17

SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

GROUND

I

RP11-20

PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH

GROUND (DOOR OPEN)

B+

Active

Inactive
GROUND
GROUND

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
O
O

BT1-1
BT1-2

TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE

B+ (PULSE)
B+ (PULSE)

S
O

BT1-8
BT1-10

SCP NETWORK
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE

2 – 1600 Hz
B+

GROUND

I
I

BT1-13
BT1-14

LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND

I
S

BT1-15
BT1-16

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK

B+
2 – 1600 Hz

B+

I
I

BT2-3
BT2-5

TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST
TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (INTRUSION)

B+
B+ (SECURE)

I
I

BT2-7
BT2-19

DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS

I
I

BT6-1
BT6-2

KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD

GROUND

GROUND

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER REAR

DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER REAR

PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER

DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER

RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR

RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
BT16 / 2-WAY LABINAL / NATURAL

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
TRUNK / LH FRONT

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)
KEY FOB ANTENNA

FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
BT33 / 1-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK

STEERING COLUMN
TOP OF BACKLIGHT

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX

SPLICE HEADER – CA223
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR

CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK
BT43 / 2-WAY LABINAL / BROWN

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)

BT42 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN
FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
FASCIA SWITCH PACK

TRUNK SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

BT41 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

DOOR LOCKING RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY

BLACK
BLACK
BLACK

CA50 / BLACK
BT23 / BLACK
BT23 / BLACK

LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
TRUNK RELAYS / TRUNK
TRUNK RELAYS / TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
CONNector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA8
CA10
CA11
CA11
CA12
CA14
CA16
CA45
CA46
FC1
FC7

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT22L*
BT24*
BT28L
BT34
CA30R
CA31L
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA36R
CC3L
CC3R
FC17L

EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) – KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND / BACKLIGHT / CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 14.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

GROUND (FULL)

B+ (EMPTY)

I

FC15-6

WASHER FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

I
I

FC15-9
FC15-15

VARIABLE INTERMITTENT WIPE REQUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND

GROUND

B+

I
O

FC15-16
FC15-18

SIDE LAMP REQUEST
POWER WASH RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND
GROUND

B+
B+

O
O

FC15-19
FC15-26

WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY ACTIVATE
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP ACTIVATE

GROUND (FAST)
B+

B+ (SLOW)
GROUND

I
I

FC15-34
FC15-37

FAST WIPE SPEED REQUEST
PROGRAMMED WASH REQUEST

GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+
B+

O
I

FC15-43
FC15-60

WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY ACTIVATE
WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH STATUS

GROUND
GROUND (PARKED)

B+
B+ (NOT PARKED)

I
I

FC15-80
FC15-94

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SLOW / FLICK WIPE REQUEST

B+
GROUND

B+
B+

I

FC15-104

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

B+

B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

CA55 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

WINDSHIELD / IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

POWER WASH PUMP
RAIN SENSING MODULE

LF43 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK
EM72 / 12-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK

RIGHT FRONT QUARTER PANEL / WASHER FLUID CONTAINER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

RAIN SENSOR
WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

NO CODES / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
SC1 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BEHIND INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
WIPER MOTOR

LF44 / 3-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
EM33 / 4-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK

RIGHT FRONT QUARTER PANEL / WASHER FLUID CONTAINER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY
POWERWASH RELAY

BLACK
BLACK
BROWN

LF11 / BLACK
LF11 / BLACK
BUS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #4, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

EM3
EM51
FC5
LF3

18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY

PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

EM8L
EM17
FC17R
LF18R
LF19L

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 15.1

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
S
S
I

FC15-15
FC15-33
FC15-41
FC15-46
FC15-47
FC15-63
FC15-80
FC15-84
FC15-85
FC15-89

IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR – SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH – SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REQUEST
CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REQUEST

DD10-1
DD10-7
DD10-8
DD10-9
DD10-10
DD10-15
DD10-16
DD10-17
DD10-18
DD10-19
DD11-4
DD11-6
DD11-7
DD11-12
DD11-15
DD11-21
DD11-22

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW UP REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW UP REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REQUEST

DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I
O
I
S
O
S
I
I
I
I
I

RD10-1
RD10-7
RD10-8
RD10-9
RD10-15
RD10-16
RD10-17
RD10-19
RD11-6
RD11-7
RD11-21

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTIFICATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
MODULE IDENTIFICATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I
O
I
S
O
S
I
I
I

PD10-1
PD10-7
PD10-8
PD10-9
PD10-15
PD10-16
PD10-17
PD11-6
PD11-21

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST

PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I
O
I
S
O
S
I
I
I

RP10-1
RP10-7
RP10-8
RP10-9
RP10-15
RP10-16
RP10-17
RP11-6
RP11-21

BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST
PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
S
I
I
I
S
I
I

BT1-8
BT1-13
BT1-14
BT1-15
BT1-16
BT6-1
BT6-2

SCP NETWORK
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O

CA64-1
CA64-2
CA64-3
CA64-4
CA64-5
CA64-6
SR2-1
SR2-3

Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+

Active

Inactive

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR

B+
B+
GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+
2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+
GROUND
GROUND

DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER
INSTRUMENT PACK

DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
FASCIA

B+
GROUND

KEY FOB ANTENNA
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

BT33 / 1-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK
DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

TOP OF BACKLIGHT
DOOR TRIM PANEL

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK
CA64 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX

SLIDING ROOF MOTOR
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH
(ROOF CONSOLE)

SR2 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CA53 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR

RD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN
PD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN

DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL

SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – DRIVER

RP1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN
DD16 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

RD16 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
PD16 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

RP16 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR TRIM PANEL

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

B+

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
P Pin
Description
I
O
I
S
I
O
S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Active
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+
2 – 1600 Hz
2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND

BATTERY SUPPLY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH – SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
GROUND SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR – SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH CLOSE REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY

SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE

Active

Inactive

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – DRIVER REAR
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – PASSENGER

B+
B+
GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz
B+
2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY)

B+
GROUND
GROUND

WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – PASSENGER REAR
WINDOW LIFT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)

PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

ROOF CONSOLE

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

Active

Inactive

B+
B+
GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz
B+
2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)

B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

Active

Inactive

B+
B+
GROUND
2 – 1600 Hz
B+
2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)

B+
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND
GROUND
GROUND

GROUND

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA8
CA10
CA11
CA12
CA14
CA16
FC5
FC7

DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT22L*
BT24*
BT34
CA30L
CA30R
CA33L
CA33R
CA36L
CA36R
CC3R

EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
EYELET (SINGLE) – KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND / BACKLIGHT / CENTER
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Active

Inactive

2 – 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
B+
2 – 1600 Hz

GROUND
GROUND
B+

GROUND

GROUND

Active

Inactive

B+
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+
B+

B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 16.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

C

FC24-11

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

C
O

FC24-24
FC25-20

CAN NETWORK
VEHICLE SPEED

15 – 1500 Hz
22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

IC11-1

VEHICLE SPEED

22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+

I
O

IC11-2
IC11-18

STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS
ANTENNA UP

0 V = MODE, 1.2 V = SEEK, 2.4 V = VOLUME ‘+’, 3.7 V = VOLUME ‘-’
B+

5V
GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

ANTENNA MOTOR
CD AUTO-CHANGER

BT19 / 6-WAY YAZAKI TYPE C / WHITE
IC5 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK

ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY / BATTERY COVER
TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET

INSTRUMENT PACK

FASCIA

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK

CENTER CONSOLE

RADIO ANTENNA
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)

CA7 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
SW4 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK

ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY / BATTERY COVER
STEERING WHEEL

RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER – LH

RT2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
CA56 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LH ‘A’ POST / UPPER ‘A’ POST TRIM

SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER – RH
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS – DRIVER SIDE

CA54 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
RD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

RH ‘A’ POST / UPPER ‘A’ POST TRIM
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS – PASSENGER SIDE
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER – DRIVER SIDE

RP6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
RD5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER – PASSENGER SIDE
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS – DRIVER SIDE

RP5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
DD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS – PASSENGER SIDE
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER – DRIVER SIDE

PD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
DD5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER – PASSENGER SIDE

PD5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA10
CA12
CA14
CA16
FC5
IC1
IC3
SC3

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
LH HEELBOARD
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT28L
FC17R
IC8

EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) – RADIO GROUND STUD / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / CENTER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 16.2

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

C

FC24-11

CAN NETWORK

15 – 1500 Hz

C
O

FC24-24
FC25-20

CAN NETWORK
VEHICLE SPEED

15 – 1500 Hz
22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
P Pin
Description

Active

I

IC11-1

VEHICLE SPEED

22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+

I
O

IC11-2
IC11-18

STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS
ANTENNA UP

0 V = MODE, 1.2 V = SEEK, 2.4 V = VOLUME ‘+’, 3.7 V = VOLUME ‘-’
B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

ANTENNA MOTOR
CD AUTO-CHANGER

BT19 / 6-WAY YAZAKI TYPE C / WHITE
CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE

ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY / BATTERY COVER
TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET

INSTRUMENT PACK

FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC5 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
IC21 / CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
IC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC31 / 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

FASCIA

Inactive

POWER AMPLIFIER

5V
GROUND

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET

RADIO ANTENNA

CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
CA7 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR

ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY / BATTERY COVER

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR

SW4 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK
RT2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

STEERING WHEEL
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER – LH
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER – RH

CA56 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
CA54 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK

LH ‘A’ POST / UPPER ‘A’ POST TRIM
RH ‘A’ POST / UPPER ‘A’ POST TRIM

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS – DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS – PASSENGER SIDE

RD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
RP6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER – DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER – PASSENGER SIDE

RD5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
RP5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS – DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS – PASSENGER SIDE

DD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
PD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

SUBWOOFER

BT52 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
BT53 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK

ABOVE FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA10
CA12
CA14
CA16
FC5
IC1
IC3
SC3

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
LH HEELBOARD
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT22R
BT28L
FC17R
IC8
IC20

EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (SINGLE) – RADIO GROUND STUD / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / CENTER
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / LH FORWARD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

TELEPHONE HANDSET – FRONT

RT64 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RT65 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RT66 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RT5 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY

BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
HEATED BACKLIGHT / HEADLINING / REAR
CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE

TELEPHONE HANDSET – REAR
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE

RT10 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY
CA67 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE

CENTER CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE

CELLULAR TELEPHONE CONTROL MODULE

RT3 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY
RT4 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY

CENTER CONSOLE

TELEPHONE ANTENNA

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

RT1
RT2

CENTER CONSOLE
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX

TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA38R

EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 17.2
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

CD AUTO-CHANGER
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
IC5 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
IC12 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 42 / BLACK

TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
INSIDE LH REAR QUARTER PANEL

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA
POWER AMPLIFIER

IC41 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT5 SERIES / GREY
IC5 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
IC21 / CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
IC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC31 / 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BELOW PARCEL SHELF
TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
NV1 / 42-WAY SIEMENS / BLUE

CENTER CONSOLE

VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE

ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

NV2
IC2

2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
REARWARD OF FUEL TANK / BATTERY COVER

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

FC17L
BT22L*
BT24*

EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 18.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

O

CA61-1

LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER POWER SUPPLY

B+

OPEN CIRCUIT

O
O

CA61-2
CA61-3

LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER GROUND SUPPLY
RH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT

O
I

CA61-4
CA61-5

RH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER GROUND SUPPLY
IGNITION SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND
B+

OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND

I
O

CA61-6
CA61-7

GROUND SUPPLY
INSTRUMENT PACK ‘SRS’ MIL

GROUND
GROUND (NO FAULT)

GROUND
B+

D
O

CA61-9
CA61-10

DIAGNOSTIC OUTPUT SERIAL OUTPUT
STEERING WHEEL AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
B+

OPEN CIRCUIT

O
O

CA61-11
CA61-13

STEERING WHEEL AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER FASCIA AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT

O
O

CA61-14
CA61-16

PASSENGER FASCIA AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY
DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT

O
O

CA61-17
CA61-18

DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY
PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY

GROUND
B+

OPEN CIRCUIT
OPEN CIRCUIT

O
I

CA61-19
CA61-20

PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY
LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY

GROUND
GROUND

OPEN CIRCUIT
B+

I
I

CA61-21
CA61-22

RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY
LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS

GROUND
GROUND (SHORTED)

B+
B+

I
I

CA61-23
CA61-24

RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS
LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS

GROUND (SHORTED)
GROUND (NO FAULT)

B+
GROUND

I
O

CA61-25
CA61-40

RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS
SRS AUDIBLE BACKUP

GROUND (NO FAULT)
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

GROUND

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE

CA61 / 50-WAY ELO50 / YELLOW
SW11 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK

BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE
IMPACT SENSOR – LH

CA81 / 3-WAY CARDEL / FORD / GREY
CA15 / 3-WAY MOLEX C-GRID / BLACK

PASSENGER AIR BAG
INSIDE ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

IMPACT SENSOR – RH
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER – LH

CA22 / 3-WAY MOLEX C-GRID / BLACK
CA62 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW

INSIDE ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
INSIDE LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER – RH
SIDE AIRBAG – DRIVER

CA65 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW
SD15 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW

INSIDE RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
DRIVER SEAT / SIDE

SIDE AIRBAG – PASSENGER

SP15 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW

PASSENGER SEAT / SIDE

Location / Access

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

CA66
CA72
FC5
SW10

3-WAY EPC AIRBAG / BLACK
3-WAY EPC AIRBAG / CARD / BLACK
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
3-WAY FORD AIRBAG / BLACK

BELOW SEAT
BELOW SEAT
BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CA48

EYELET (SINGLE) – RH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW (AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 19.1
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access
TRUNK / LH REAR

PARKING AID SENSOR – LH

RB1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
BT71 / 12-WAY BLACK
RB2 / 3-WAY / BLACK

REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER LH
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH

RB3 / 3-WAY / BLACK
RB5 / 3-WAY / BLACK

REAR BUMPER
REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER RH
PARKING AID SOUNDER

RB4 / 3-WAY / BLACK
BT70 / 2-WAY / GREY

REAR BUMPER
PARCEL SHELF

PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT21L

EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 20.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P Pin
Description

Active

Inactive

I

FC15-4

HORN ACTIVATE REQUEST

GROUND (MOMENTARY)

B+

O
I

FC15-70
FC15-80

HORN RELAY ACTIVATE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+

B+
B+

COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
CIGAR LIGHTER – FRONT

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
CA74 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

CIGAR LIGHTER – REAR

CA75 / 2-WAY AMP / METALLIC
CA76 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET

REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT

FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX – TRUNK

HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL)
HORN – LH
HORN – RH
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HP1 / 1-WAY BLADE
HP2 / 1-WAY BLADE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT

TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER

CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

LF46 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
LF47 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
LF48 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
LF49 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK

FORWARD OF RADIATOR – LH SIDE / RADIATOR GRILLE

CA71 / 3-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN / BLACK
BT25 / 3-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN / BLACK

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
ADJACENT TO BATTERY / BATTERY COVER

FORWARD OF RADIATOR – RH SIDE / RADIATOR GRILLE

RELAYS
Relay

Case Color

Connector / Color

Location / Access

HORN RELAY
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY

BROWN
BROWN

BUS
BUS

RELAY #6, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAY #6, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
EM1
EM3
SC2
SC3
SW1
SW2

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK
6-WAY JST / BLACK

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

BT21R
CA31R
CA47L
CA47R
FC17R
LF18R
LF20R

EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 21.1
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

LF27 / 25-WAY AMP / FORD / BLACK
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DATA LINK CONNECTOR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

CC6 / 16-WAY AMP (OBD2) / BLACK
DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK

CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
FASCIA

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SP1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SP3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT / UNDER

SPLICE HEADER – CA222
SPLICE HEADER – CA223

CA222 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREY
CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC

EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK
EM61 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
EM62 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE

NV1 / 42-WAY SIEMENS / BLUE

ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA8
CA11
CA19
CA23
CA27
CA45
CA46
EM1
EM2
FC1
FC7
FC11

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 21.2
COMPONENTS
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

LF27 / 25-WAY AMP / FORD / BLACK
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX

DATA LINK CONNECTOR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

CC6 / 16-WAY AMP (OBD2) / BLACK
DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR

RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK

CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW

CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
FASCIA

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER

SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SP1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SP3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK

DRIVER SEAT / UNDER

SPLICE HEADER – CA222
SPLICE HEADER – CA223

CA222 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREY
CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK

RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC

EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK
EM61 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
EM62 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE

NV1 / 42-WAY SIEMENS / BLUE

ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

Location / Access

BT4
CA8
CA11
CA19
CA23
CA27
CA45
CA46
EM1
EM2
FC1
FC7
FC11

54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW DRIVER SEAT
BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

Fig. 21.3
COMPONENTS1
Component

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

EM68 / 35-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY

ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER /
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR

CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE
CA61 / 50-WAY ELO50 / YELLOW

CENTER CONSOLE
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DATA LINK CONNECTOR

FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
CC6 / 16-WAY AMP (OBD2) / BLACK

BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
TRANSMISSION TUNNEL

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color

BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK

Location / Access

CA19
EM2
EM3
EM53
FC11

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY

GROUNDS
Ground

Location / Type

CC3L

EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I
O
SG

Input
Output
Signal Ground

D
C
S

Serial and Encoded Data
CAN (Network)
SCP Network

B+
V
Hz

Battery Voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency

kHz
ms
mV

Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

XJ Series 2000

Main Power Distribution

Fig. 01.1

Main Power Distribution

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR

R

R
BT61

ST6

250A x 2

B

R
BT67

6

03.1

03.2

STARTER

04.2

04.4

04.5

ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ST5

R
BT62

BT66

BT60

BATTERY

250A

R

BT63

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE

BT65

U

B+ (BT66)

BATTERY + POST

17

9

8

I

II

II

WU

WR

BT37

BT4-17

R

R

WU

O

R

ST13

EM20-6

ST14

ST15

ST20

ST21

ST19

1

2

1

2

2

1

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

AUXILIARY POSITIVE
RELAY

1

IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY

1

POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

2

2

1

04.3

2

07.2

3

09.3

09.4

4

04.3

5

09.3

6

20.1

3

3

II

49

Fig. 01.2

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

07.2

2

09.1

09.2

3

09.1

09.2

04.6

4

14.1

09.4

5

09.1

09.2

6

13.3

13.4

1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX

Input

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

I

Fig. 01.4

5

II

1

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

7

4

04.6

TRUNK FUSE BOX

Fig. 01.1

IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY

4

E

RELAYS

6

EMS CONTROL RELAY

LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

RELAYS

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

BATTERY POWER BUS

I
FC15-32

II

R

LF7-9

IGNITION POWER BUS

FC15-15

4

W

2

LOGIC

II

R

1

I

1

R

I

WR

I

1

U

BATTERY POWER BUS

II

12

R

FC15-97

WU

2

W
CA2-6

BT64

FC1-44

R

BT12-9

TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE

WU

04.1

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

20.1

XJ Series 2000

Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes

2

GU
#1 20A

NR

CA2
-1

CA27-1 (LHD)
CA23-1 (RHD)

NW

CA222

NW

-10

CA2
-5

#2 5A

NW

NW
CA10-7

DDS2

NW

NW
-20

#4 5A

CA2
-8

#5 15A

CA1
-9

#6 5A

CA1
-10

NW
NG

NG
N

N

NR

NR
CAS19

NR

NR
FCS6

NR
NW

CA1
-4

15.1

10 15.1

#2 15A

CA42
-5

#3 15A

CA42
-3

NR
CA23-1 (LHD)
CA27-1 (RHD)

NW
NG

NW
NG

28 12.1

12.2

29 13.1

13.2

12.3

12.4

12.5

30 BPM

FC1-B

N

31 07.2

11 10.2

N

20.1

12 21.1

21.2

N

N

32 11.4

21.3

CA42
-8

CAS5

N

13 BPM

33 11.4
34 11.4

14 09.1

N

09.2

NG

15 08.1
16 13.3

NG

35 11.4

CA41
-9

NW

13.4

NW

17 BPM

#6 10A

CA41
-10

#7 20A

CA41
-4

36 12.4

12.5

CA27-2

NW

37 07.1

CA20-8

NW

CAS62

38 07.1

FC5-C

NR

CA223
-5

NR
GU

NR

-4
-6

NG
IC1-13

NG
NW

NR

NR

CA2
-4

NR

NR

CA1
-3

NG
NG
CAS1

12.2

20 16.1

16.2

21 16.1

16.2

12.3

NG

NG

24 10.1

-10

11.1

11.1

NG

-20

11.2

11.2

12.1

11.3

13.1

11.4

13.2

12.1

13.3

13.1

13.4

13.2

#9 20A

NG

NR

#11 20A

CA42
-2

13.3

13.4

#13 25A

CA42
-4

#15 25A

CA41
-3

#17 15A

CA41
-1

15.1

25 20.1
26 20.1

BSS3

CA109-2

15.1

40 15.1
41 15.1

CA16-2

NR
CA41
-2

39 BPM

CA12-2

NG

-9

CA41
-7

NR

22 07.2
23 10.1

NG

CA224

NG
#8 5A

ICS2

NW

CA1
-1

19 12.1

N
FC1-D

CA23-2

CA1
-2

CA2
-2

N

18 11.1

FC5-9

NG

#17 10A

15.1

CA42
-1

#5 5A

NG

#15 25A

13.4

GU
#1 20A

CA19-11

NR

CA1
-7

#13 25A

12.1

13.3

12.5

FC5-B

NR

#11 20A

11.2

13.2

12.4

#4 10A

NW

#9 10A

11.1

13.1

12.3

CA19-13

FC5-28

#8 5A

9

10.1

12.2

FC5-19

NR

#7 15A

8

12.1

CA14-2

NW
CA2
-3

#3 5A

NW

-9

7

BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

3

NR

NG

NG

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

NR

42 12.8

12.9

43 12.8

12.9

44 07.2

45 10.1

11.1

11.2

12.1

13.1

13.2

13.3

13.4

15.1

46 10.1

11.1

11.2

11.3

11.4

12.1

13.1

13.2

13.3

48 12.1

12.2

12.3

49 12.4

12.5

12.6

BT4-A

NR
#18 5A

NR

CA1
-6

27 08.1

FC5-12

NW
NW

#18 25A

47 15.1

CA23-9
CAS60

CA41
-6

NW
NW

NW
CA27-9

LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX

RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
BPM

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

Fig. 01.2

Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

13.4

15.1

XJ Series 2000

1

5

NR

NG

NG

BT13
-1

#2 5A

NG

NG

BT11
-3

#9 10A

4

50 09.2
51 13.1

52 16.1

13.2

NW
#9 10A

#10

LF6
-3

#12 30A

68 13.3

LF8
-2

NG

16.2

BATTERY POWER BUS

NR
BT13
-7

#1 10A

LF7
-3

NG

69 04.3

04.6

07.2

NW
EM20
-1

#1 20A

#2 15A

EM20
-5

#3 25A

EM20
-3

NW

BT13
-2

NR

BT12
-3

BT12
-4

#20 20A

NR

BT4-E

NW

BT10
-3

CAS57

BT4-B

NW

NW
CA109-7

NW

BSS1

NW
NW
NW
NW

NW

NW

BCS3

BS4-19

NW
NW
NR

NR

BT10
-2

70 04.3

04.6

07.2

71 06.1

#5 10A

EM19
-9

#6 5A

EM19
-10

#7

EM19
-4

#8 10A

EM19
-7

#9 30A

EM19
-2

#11 30A

EM20
-2

#13

EM20
-4

#15 30A

EM19
-3

#17 30A

EM19
-1

#18 10A

EM19
-6

72 06.1

LF5
-3

NR

LF5
-2

NW
NR

NG
NG

NG
73 14.1

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

59 12.7

NW

EM20
-8

58 12.7

CA109-5

NW

LF5
-1

NG

57 12.7
#22 30A

NW

NW

#22 5A

56 09.2

CA109-6

NW

LF7
-4

NR

55 17.2

#20

NR

LF8
-4

NW

54 16.2

#18 30A

NR

NR
#18 20A

15.1

IC2-10

NR

BT10
-1

13.4

#16 30A

NR

BT13
-4

#16 20A

13.3

IC2-1

NR
#14 5A

13.2

NG
#14 30A

NR
#12 30A

53 13.1

NW

LF32-2
#4 10A

NW
#10 10A

NG

60 12.7

NG

NR

61 12.7
62 12.7

6

NR
NW

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

65 12.7
66 12.7
67 17.1

BT4-14

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

75 04.6
76 03.1

03.2

77 04.1

04.2

78 04.3

04.6

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

04.4

04.5

79 05.1

80 04.3

04.6

07.2

81 04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

82 04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

83 07.2

84 07.2

EM42-3

63 12.7
64 12.7

74 06.3

EM42-2

TRUNK FUSE BOX

1

Fig. 01.3

RELAYS
Fig. 01.1

BATTERY POWER BUS

RELAYS
Fig. 01.1

BATTERY POWER BUS

Battery Power Distribution:
Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes

Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes

85 04.3

04.6

Ignition Switched Power Distribution

2

1

II

I

W

W

II

CA2
-7

#10 5A

5

WU

WU

6
II

CA20-3

WU

7
II

WU

WU

8
II

CAS9

CA2
-10

#12 10A

WU

9
II

WU
WG

WG

WG
CAS47

CA1
-8

#14 10A

CA19-6

FCS35

FC1-31

07.1
07.2
07.2

W

24 19.1
I

BT13
-8

#3 5A

BTS28

W

W
BT4-7

W

25 16.1
I

WG

26 10.1
I

WG

WG

WG

BTS11

BT13
-9

#4 5A

WG

27 10.1
I

WG

28 17.1
I

WG

29 17.2
I

WU

30 20.1
I

WU

31 20.1
II

WB

33 05.1
II

WG

34 14.1
II

WG

35 07.2
II

WG

36 07.2
II

WG

37 03.1
II

WR

38 09.3
II

WR

39 09.3
II

WR

40 13.3
II

WR

41 09.2
II

WR

42 09.3
II

WU

43 06.1
II

W

44 03.1
II

03.2

W

45 04.1
II

04.2

W

46 04.3
II

04.6

W

47 06.3
II

IC1-9

CAS10

BT4-5

WG
IC2-2

07.2

WU

10 06.2
II
11 04.3
II

WG

12 08.1
II

WG

13 17.2
II

WG

WG

18.1

Fig. 01.4

Ignition Switched Power Distribution

W

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

XJ Series 2000

BT11
-2

#5 25A

WU
CAS12

BT4-F

WG

16.2

BT10
-9

04.6

32
II

1

04.6

2

07.2

4

04.3

04.6

RELAYS

TRUNK FUSE BOX

WG

WG
WG
CAS8

WG

WG

WG

14 05.1
II

05.2

WG

15 05.1
II

05.2

WG

16 05.2
II

CA20-15
CCS16

LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX

WG

17 06.1
II

4

12.1

II

12.2

12.3

12.4

12.5

12.6

WB

IGNITION POWER BUS

CA1
-5

#16 10A

BT4-2

#1 10A

LF8
-7

EM51-2

WG
#2 5A

LF8
-1

WG
EM1-2

WG
EMS10

WG
SHS1

EM42-1

WG
CA41
-5

W
CA42
-7

#10 5A

W

18 21.1
II

WU

19 11.4
II

WU

20 12.8
II

WU

21 12.8
II

WU

22 12.9
II

WU

23 12.9
II

CA20-10

WU
CAS83

CA42
-10

#12 5A

(1)

WU

WU
BSS6

CA109-1
CA41
-8

#14

(2)

WU
BSS7

21.2

21.3

NOTE: Early production vehicles –
Electrochromic Rear View Mirror power supply from
fuse #16, LH Heelboard Fuse Box (WG wire, splice CAS8).

WR
#3 10A

LFS5

LF8
-8

WR

WR
LF3-12

FC5-46

#5 10A

NOTATION:
POWERED REAR SEATS VEHICLES

2

HEATERS ONLY REAR SEATS VEHICLES

FCS22

WU
#4 5A

LF8
-9

W
1

WR

LF6
-2

W
EM51-1

EMS6

WR

LF5
-9

48
II

RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX

1

07.2

2

09.1

RELAYS

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

05.2

03.2

04.4

04.5

XJ Series 2000

Engine Management Switched Power Distribution

Engine Management Switched Power Distribution

3
E

WR

PIS8

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

PI1-47

WR
#10 10A

WU

50 04.4
E

WR

51 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WR

52 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

53 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

54 04.1
E

04.2

WU

55 04.1
E

04.4

WU

56 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

57 04.3
E

04.6

07.2

WU

58 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

WU

59 04.3
E

04.6

WU

60 04.3
E

04.6

07.2

WU

61 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

W

62 04.1
E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

EM20
-10

PIS6

PI1-28

WU

WU
EM2-3

WU
FC1-46

CV2-1

WU
#14 10A

49 04.4
E

EMS7

EM20
-7

WU
#12 10A

WU
WU

EMS30

EM19
-8

WP
EM51-7

W
#16 5A

EM19
-5

04.5

ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 01.5

XJ Series 2000

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution

III

III

III

III

II

II

II

II

I

I

I

I

IGNITION SWITCH
(OFF)

IGNITION SWITCH
(I)

IGNITION SWITCH
(II)

IGNITION SWITCH
(III)

WU

2
II

RW

III

1

BK
FCS7

WU

WU

WU

5
II

WU

FC4-2

4
II

FCS21

WR

I
FC4-5

3
II

FC11-11

FC4-3

BK

WU

WU

BPM

FC4-1
II

GU

IGNITION SWITCH
CA20-12

FC1-14

GU
W

W
WU

LFS18

W
W

CA6-2

CA6-3

CAS22

W

WR

CCS17

WR

WR
CA19-19

WR
CAS17

BTS20

13.3

13.4

04.1

04.2

04.4

04.3

04.6

07.2

04.2

04.4

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

04.5

01.1
01.1

WR

12 BPM
I

WR

13 10.2
I

WR

14 13.3
I

WR

15 07.1
I

WR

16 21.1
I

WR

17 01.1
I

WR

18 20.1
I

WR

19 15.1
I

BPM

6

21.3

14.1

11 04.1
II

WR
BT4-1

21.2

WU

WR
FC11-14

21.1

10 BPM
II

CA20-11

FCS20

BPM

W
FC1-9

INERTIA SWITCH

WU

9
II

W

CA6-1

8
II

GU
WU

7
II

W
LF3-2

CAS82

6
II

EM53-20

FC17L

1

Fig. 02.1

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution

04.5

05.3

06.1

13.4

21.2

21.3

NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

06.3

09.2

XJ Series 2000

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR

R

ST6

BT61
250A x 2

B
BT67

BT66

BT60

BATTERY

BT65

R

250A

R

BT63

01.1

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE

N

13

B+
FC15-80

RW

III

RW

1
02.1

Y

FC4-3

BK
BK

WR

I

YB

76

NW

3

5

WR

W

1

2

GO

D

44

FC15-92

IGNITION SWITCH
(III)

FC17L

EM50

D
FC15-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL

FC15-41

WU

GO
EMS28

EM2-8

I

FC4-1
II

GO

GO

O
FC15-73

FCS7

R

ST5

01.1

BT62

R

Fig 03.1

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A

YR

II

D
FC15-21

STARTER RELAY

BK
BK

CCS5

RU
CC21-3

CC21-1

RU

LOGIC

I
FC15-7

FC7-3

POWER

NEUTRAL
SWITCH

CC3R

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

GO

I
ENGINE
START

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

05.1

RU

I
EM81-12

EM82-2

YR
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION

D
FC22-11

YB

D
FC22-9

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START

Y

Y

D
EM82-16

Y
FCS30

EM2-13

W

D

D SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
FC22-17

W

EM82-15

EM2-15

D

O.K. TO START

FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

WR

ST1

37

WG

08.1

R

WU

II
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

PI2-12

Y

Y

PI50-2

Y

EM3-7

PI1-11

B

REGULATOR

ST2

PI50-1

STARTER MOTOR

B

R
AN1

AN3-1

ST4

B
AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

WR
EM60-2

ST3

VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

6

R

XJ Series 2000

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC

FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR

R

ST6

BT61
250A x 2

B

R

BT67

BT66

BT60

BATTERY

BT65

R

BT63

250A

01.1

HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE

N

13

B+
FC15-80

RW

III

RW

1
02.1

Y

FC4-3

BK
FCS7

WR

I

YB

76

NW

3

5

WR

W

1

2

GO

D

44

FC15-92

IGNITION SWITCH
(III)

FC17L

EM50

D
FC15-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL

FC15-41

WU

GO
EMS28

EM2-8

I

FC4-1
II

GO

GO

O
FC15-73

BK

R

ST5

01.1

BT62

R

Fig. 03.2

Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC

YR

II

D
FC15-21

STARTER RELAY

P, N

RU

O

RU

P, N

B

B
EMS4

B
EMS17

B
EM63-12

CC8-11

I

POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

RU

O

LOGIC

I
FC15-7

FC7-3

CC8-4

EM63-11

CC8-2

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

EM8R

GO

I
EM82-2

ENGINE
START

FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION

YR
RU

I

D
FC22-11

YB

EM81-12

D
FC22-9

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START

Y

Y

D
EM82-16

Y
FCS30

EM2-13

W

D

W

EM82-15

D

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

D

O.K. TO START

FC22-17

EM2-15

FC22-16

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

WR

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

WR
EM60-2

ST3
ST1

37

WG

II
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

R

6

WU
PI2-12

Y

Y
EM3-7

PI50-2

Y
PI1-11

B

REGULATOR

ST2

PI50-1

STARTER MOTOR

B

R
AN1

AN3-1

ST4

B
AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: AJ27 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

R

XJ Series 2000

AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1

ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN

EVAPP

W

U
EM66-2

I

OY

I
EM82-12

U

O
EM81-03

GO

EM81-06

O

EM81-07

I

EM81-09

I

EM81-10

I

EM81-16

I

EM81-18

I

I

D
EM82-16

RU

EM81-19

O

EM82-01

I

EM82-04

I

EM82-05

I

G

O

EM82-10

O

EM82-11

I

EM82-14

C–

I

EM82-17

C+

O

EM83-03

O

EM83-05

C–
EM83-15

G

I

D

EM83-12
EM83-13

W

D

I

D

I

EM83-18

I

EM83-19

I

EM83-21

EM49

I

EM83-22

I

EM83-23

O

EM83-26

GW
EMS20

WU

58

1

O

EM83-27

I

EM83-28

B+
EM80-08

GW

5

B+
EM80-09

GR

2

E

EM83-14
EM83-17

U
EM80-27

3

EM83-08
EM83-09

W

GW
NG

O
EM82-06

-56

-52

-31

EM8L

B

EMS38

B

EM16R

6

7

Fig. 01.2

1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

WG

BRD
UY

N

WG

BRD
U

3

NG

B

2

1

WU

82
61

BG
BG

PIS1

PI1-6

EMS2

EM3 -9

-12 -8

BRD
EMS3

FC1 -34 -30 -35

PI1 -50 -49

EM80-21

O

EM85-02

I

I

EM85-08

EM2-18

FC1-45

CV2-3

55
E

PI29
-3

I

EM84-16

CV1 -2

I

EM84-22

-1

FP1 -3

-2

-1

49
E

PI2-7

PIS9

PI2-6

PI29
-1

PI29
-2

PI33
-1

PI33
-2

PI42
-4

PI42 PI42 PI42
-2
-1
-3

PI6 -4

-3

-2

-1

BK

-2

-1

EMS36

I

BK
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.3)

II

-1

BG

RG

I

EM84-01

OY

EM81-08

WU

GU

I

BT5 -3

PI1 -3 -4

PI2-11

I

EM85-07

-14

OY

BT4 -35 -48 -34

I

EM80-31

E

G

I

RU
UY
WG

R

EM85-01

PI2-13

WU

O

-51

54

GU

RU

I

GU

BK

GU

BG

EM84-15

RG

EM84-07

O

OY

O

U
UY

BG

EM80-03

5

O2S HEATERS
RELAY

BG
BG
BG

RG

EM81-21

EM16L

49

5

OY

I
EM80-29

EMS37

Fig. 01.1

WG

EMS1

EM8L

CCV

1

U
EMS8

EM16L

EM85-06

EMS36

-2

-57

B

OY

THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY

BK

WG

G
BRD
W
UY

WG

R
BRD
Y
RU

E

R

BK
BK
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

-3 -1

BG

D

EM80-19

81

EM24 -4

G

21.3

-2

E

RU
OY
BG
U
Y
N
BR
BG
Y
O
B
G
U
N
N
BW
BW
GW

EM83-07

O

EM80-18

ECM PROGRAMMING

BG

53

OY
R
G
BG
Y
W
UY
O

EM83-06

EM80-17

21.3

-3 -1

BG

C+
EM83-25

ECM PROGRAMMING

EM22 -4

-2

EM75

RG

Y

21.3

-4 -1

G

Y
EM83-24

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

EM23 -3

BG

21.3

-2

EMS9

RG

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O

WU

GW

BW

RG

OG

BW
BG

BG

UY

BW

N

BRD

Y

BRD

O

B
BRD

N

G
BRD

YG

PI1 -54

EMS19

OY

21.1

-4 -1

PI2 -9

PI1 -5

OY

CAN

EM21 -3

PIS10

EM83-16

21.1

-4

EMS37

EM82-07

EM81-12

CAN

-5

D

Y

21.1

-20

-1

OY
RW
OG
RG
W
U
RG
R
G
BG

EM81-24

W
EM82-15

CAN

PI1 -19

-3

O

EM81-02

O

-18

PI35 -2

BG

O

-2

YG

EM81-01

PI1 -17

UY

O

PI1 -25 -26 -24

N

EM80-15

-2

BRD

EM80-07

I

-3

Y

O

EMS18

PI2 -1

BRD

EM80-06

PI1 -22 -23 -21

O

O

PI1
-27

B
BRD

EM80-05

PI2
-10

N

EM80-04

O

PI1
-16

G
BRD

EM80-02

O

PI2
-8

-1 PI38 -1

-2

U
BRD

21.1

-2 PI27 -1

OY

CAN

-1 PI26 -1

E

UY
GU
G
G
R
R
YG

EM80-01

O

EM82-02

05.1

λ

BG

03.1

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

-2 PI15 -2

OY

01.1

03.1

B

λ

U

R

II

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

U

A

EMS46

EM81-22

GU

6

03.1

B

I

PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH

O.K. TO START

υ

DOWNSTREAM HO2S

W
BRD

EM53-11

ENGINE CRANK

υ

GW

OG

EMS21 EM82-08

EM1-1

CC11-1

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

A

IATS

BW

OG

OY

APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED

UPSTREAM HO2S

MAFS

BW

OG
LFS1

EOTS

B

PI4 -2

U

NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.

LF3-1

A

ECTS

-1
PI16 -1

Y

CC40-1

CAS81

PI17 -2

U

56
O

CA19-16

-2

Y

B+
EM83-20

OG

-2 PI32 -1

BRD

NR

77

OG

B

KS

EM82-09

CC40-4

OG

PI31 -1

RW

-1

BRD

OG

B+

II

EM39 -2

OY

B+
EM82-13

W

45

WU

A

KS

υ

WR

E

II

B

CMPS

EM81-17

52

11

CMPS

B+

E

BRAKE SWITCH

CKPS

EM85-05

WR

51

A

O

EM66-1

WU

E

UY

62

VVT
SOLENOID VALVES

Fig. 04.1

AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input
D

THROTTLE
MOTOR

PPS/1

PPS/2

FTPS

TPS/1 TPS/2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

AIR ASSIST
CLOSE VALVE

VARIANT: AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1

ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN

EVAPP

W

U
EM66-2

EM66-1

B

KS

A

ECTS

EOTS

υ

OG

I

EMS21 EM82-08

OY

GU

I
EM82-12

U

O
EM81-03

GO

EM81-18

I

EM81-19

I
EM82-02

O.K. TO START

03.1

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

05.1

CAN

21.1

Y

D
EM82-16

RU
EM81-12

G

EM82-01

I

EM82-04

I

EM82-05

21.1

CAN

21.1

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

21.3

EM82-10

O

EM82-11

I

EM82-14

C–

I

Y

EM82-17

C+

O

EM83-03

O

EM83-05

C+

I

D

EM83-12

EM80-18

EM83-13

W

D

I

EM80-19

ECM PROGRAMMING

D
EM80-27

GW
EM49

NG

81

3

GW

GW
EMS20

WU

58

1

B+
EM80-08

5

B+
EM80-09

GR

2

E

EM83-14
EM83-17

U

21.3

EM83-08
EM83-09

W

21.3

O
EM82-06

PI1 -54

-56

-31

EM8L

B

EMS38

B

EM16R

-3 -1

-2

WG

BRD
UY

N

WG

BRD
U

U
EMS8

EMS9
EMS19

EMS46

EM75

WG
B

5

3

NG

2

1

WU

I

EM83-18

I

EM83-19

I

EM83-21

I

EM83-22

I

EM83-23

O

EM83-26

O

EM83-27

I

EM83-28

B

OY
EMS1

BG
BG
EMS2

BG
PI1-6

PIS1

BG

BRD
EMS3

PI1 -50 -49

EM80-03
EM80-21

O

EM85-01

I

O

EM85-02

I

I

EM85-08

RU
UY
WG

PI29
-3

I

EM85-07

PI2-7

PIS9

PI2-6

PI29
-1

PI29
-2

PI33
-1

PI33
-2

PI42
-4

PI42 PI42 PI42
-2
-1
-3

PI6 -4

-3

-2

-1

I

EM84-01

I

EM84-16

I

EM84-22

EMS36

I

BK
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.3)

EM16L

-1

BK

I

EM81-08

PI1 -3 -4

PI2-11

I

EM80-31

E

WU

EM81-21

I

-14

54
PI2-13

BK

EM80-29

-51

OY

EM84-15

G

EM84-07

O

U
UY

I

EMS37

O2S HEATERS
RELAY
EM16L

R

O

EM8L

AIR ASSIST
CLOSE VALVE

THROTTLE
MOTOR

PPS/1

PPS/2

TPS/1 TPS/2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

82
61
E

EM85-06

EMS36

EM24 -4

-57

RU

THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY

BK

WG

G
BRD
W
UY

WG

R
BRD
Y
RU

-52

R

BK
BK
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

-2

EMS18

RU
OY
BG
U
Y
N
BR
BG
Y
O
B
G
U
N
N
BW
BW
GW

EM83-07
D

EM80-17

ECM PROGRAMMING

BG

E

OY
R
G
BG
Y
W
UY
O

EM83-06

EM83-25

O

21.3

-3 -1

G

Y
EM83-24

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O

53

EM83-16
CAN

EM22 -4

EMS37

EM82-07
O

C–

G

21.1

O

I

EM83-15
CAN

-2

D
EM82-15

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

-4 -1

OY
RW
OG
RG
W
U
R
G
BG

EM81-24

W

03.1

EM23 -3

PI2 -9

YG

I

PI1 -5

UY

EM81-10

N

EM81-09

I

-20

BRD

EM81-07

I

Y

EM81-06

O

BRD

O

O

EM81-02

B
BRD

EM81-01

O

N

O

G
BRD

EM80-15

U

EM80-07

I

Y

EM80-06

O

BRD

O

PI1 -19

-2

BG

03.1

EM80-05

-18

-4 -1

G

01.1

O

UY
G
G
R
R
YG

PI1 -17

EM21 -3

U
BRD

II

EM80-04

PI1 -25 -26 -24

-4

OY

6

EM80-01

O

-2

-5

EM81-22

PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH

ENGINE CRANK

λ

BG

EM53-11

I

O

-3

-1

OY

EM1-1

CC11-1

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B

λ

U

R

OG

OY

APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED

U

A

O

OG
LFS1

LF3-1

B

PIS10

BW

OG

DOWNSTREAM HO2S

W
BRD

CAS81

CA19-16

NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.

PI2 -1

-3

BG

UY

E
PI1 -22 -23 -21

PI35 -2

WU

-2

BW

N

BRD

Y

BRD

O

B
BRD

PI1
-27

N

PI2
-10

G
BRD

PI1
-16

U

56

EM83-20

PI2
-8

-1 PI38 -1

-2

GW

-2 PI27 -1

GW

-1 PI26 -1

BW

PI4 -2
-2 PI15 -2

BW

-1
PI16 -1

Y

B+

CC40-1

OG

υ

BW

PI17 -2

YG

-2

BG

-2 PI32 -1

BRD

NR

CC40-4

OG

A

IATS

EM82-09

77

BRAKE SWITCH

UPSTREAM HO2S

MAFS

B

BG

PI31 -1

RG

-1

B+

II

OG

EM39 -2

OG

W

45

OY

B+
EM82-13

RW

WR

E

WU

A

KS

EM81-17

52

II

B

CMPS

B+

E

11

CMPS

υ

WR

51

A

O

CKPS

EM85-05

WU

E

UY

62

VVT
SOLENOID VALVES

Fig. 04.2

AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2

Fig. 04.3

AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2

EM52

RG

5

3

NG

RW

2

1

WU

80

EMS26

RG
EM53-10
EM53-9
EM53-8
EM53-3

TRUNK FUSE BOX

RG
UY
U
UY
U

CC28-01

I

CC31-09

O

CC31-07

I

CC30-01

O

E

OY

NG

69

CF1-2

OY

CF1-1

EM53-12

W

W

WU
LF31-9

EM1-11

2

B

A/CCM

WR

U

WU
RW

O

EM80-12

O

EM80-16

I

EM80-20

I

EM80-22

I

EM80-23

O

EM80-25

O

EM81-04

O

EM81-05

I

EM81-13

I

EM81-14

I

EM81-15

EM51-10

12 BAR

WU
UY
U
YU
U
RW
UY
RW

RG

LF31-7

EM1-12

7

WU

U

WU
CC40-2

EM53-17

CC40-3

CCS21

O

EM84-02

O

EM84-03

O

EM84-04

O

EM84-05

O

EM84-06

O

EM84-09

O

EM84-10

O

EM84-11

O

EM84-12

O

EM84-13

O

EM84-14

O

EM84-17

O

EM84-18

O

EM84-19

O

EM84-20

O

EM84-21

II

SW2-4

BO

DECEL
430 Ω

SW3-3

SW3-4

SET / ACCEL
680 Ω

SC3-4

CASSETTE

YG

EM3
-5

YG

SW1
-3

SC3-3

SW2-3

WU
YR
YG

WU
YR
YG

EM53-16
EM3-11

PI1-2

YG
YG

FCS28

BO

SW1
-6

SC3-12

PIS12

SW3-2

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

SW2-6

STEERING WHEEL

FC17R

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains
two logic ground circuits that must
remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

RW
PIS5
PI1-53
EM26

RW

5

3

NW

B

2

1

WU

B
EM16R

PI1-42

PI1-41

PI1-39

PI1-46

PI1-45

PI1-44

IGNITION COIL
RELAY

PI1-43

EM25

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

78

NW

3

5

BR

BR
PI2-5

46

W

1

2

II

NG

PIS2

B
EMS11

B
GU
YG
RW
B

PI1-38

BR

BR

BR

PI1-37

BO

PI1-36

BW

BR

PI1-35

BW

BR

BR

PI1-34

BW

PI1-33

BG

PI1-32

BO

B

BR

EM17

BG

FUEL INJECTION
RELAY

BR

PI1-30

FUEL
PUMP

BR

BT9-2

B

PI51 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI56 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI57 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI54 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI55 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI52 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI53 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI58 -3 -2 -4 -1

BTS21
PI7-2

-1

PI8-2

-1

PI9-2

-1

PI10-2

-1

PI11-2

-1

PI12-2

-1

PI13-2

-1

PI14-2

-1

B

FUEL TANK

PIS13
PI1-55

BT20

B
EMS4

B
EM8R

1A

NOTE: ECM power supplies, grounds and references
shown on Fig. 04.1 and Fig 04.2.

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

85
59
E

EMS38

PI1-40

BT9-1

SWS1

RESUME

YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG

PIS11

PI1-29

BG
BO
BW
BW
BW
GW
GO
GR
GU
BR
BG
GU
GO
GW
GB
BO

BO

BO
BK

BO

CANCEL
430 Ω

SW3-1

CASSETTE

GO
YG
RW
B

EM83-11

YR

SW1
-4

BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH

GR
YG
RW
B

EM83-10

I

11

CC20
-8

ON / OFF

CASSETTE

YR

GW
YG
RW
B

I

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

680 Ω

YU
EM53-14

WR
YG
YG

EM83-04

510 Ω

WG

CC20
-9

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE

LF10R

10.2

CC20
-10

CC20
-7

LF31-1

II

LF26-4

270 Ω

YU

B
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for
complete A/C circuits.

REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

WU
W
WU
YR
YG

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

EM3-10
O

70

LF31-3

WU

BK

W

LF26-3

B
PI36-1

LFS17
LF20L

LF26-1

RW

WR

BK
LF26-2

20 BAR

WU
EM51-5

FC1
-42

EM80-11

LF26-5

NG
LF31-5

LF32-4

WU

2–30 BAR

EM51-6

OG

CF2-2

RH RADIATOR FAN

P

BT4
-19

U

EM80-10

CF2-1

LF10L

WR

I

OG

B
LF32-3

BT11-10

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

RG
PI1-13

BT11-1

II

I

RG

GW
YG
RW
B

1

#7 20A

32

E

NG

GO
YG
RW
B

5

GW
YG
RW
B

3

60

LF31-8

GU
YG
RW
B

1

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

LF31-2

LF32-1

LH RADIATOR FAN

I

CC31-17

57

50

85

Fig. 01.3

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

4B

1A

2B

3B

4A

FUEL INJECTORS

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

2A

3A

4B

IGNITION COILS

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

1B

D

VARIANT: AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1

EVAPP

CKPS

CMPS

CMPS

A
W

U
EM66-2

EM66-1

CAS81

CA19-16

OG

OG
LFS1

LF3-1

OG

OG

I

EMS21 EM82-08

EM1-1

OY

OY

CC11-1

I
EM81-22

EM53-11

PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED

GU

6

I

II

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

01.1

ENGINE CRANK

03.2

EM82-12

U

O
EM81-03

GO

I

O

EM80-04

O

EM80-05

O

EM80-06

O

EM80-07

I

EM80-15

I

EM80-28

I

EM81-09

I

EM81-10

I

EM81-16

I

EM81-18

I

EM81-19

I

EM81-23

EM82-02

O.K. TO START

03.2

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

03.2

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

05.2

CAN

21.2

B

U

A

B

λ

U

O2S HEATERS
RELAY

82

λ

61
E

Y

D
EM82-16

RU

O

EM82-01

I

EM82-04

I

EM82-05

I

-5

3

1

-4
EM21 -3

-4 -1

-2

EM23 -3

-4 -1

-2

-3 -1

-2

EM24 -4

-3 -1

-2

EM75

WG

BRD
UY

N

WG

BRD
U

5

EMS8
-52

-31

2

-57

B

O

-56

BG

PI1 -54

GW

O

UY

U

WG

G
BRD
W
UY

WG

R
BRD
Y
RU

BW

E

PI1 -15

PI1 -5

EM22 -4

O

BG

-1

53

BW

PI2 -9

-3

PIS10

BW

O

BG

YG
-20

YG

PI1 -19

N

-18

BRD

PI1 -17

S

O

N

P

PI1 -25 -26 -24

PI35 -2

-1

GW

PI3 -2

WU

-1

BW

PI4 -2

BW

N

BRD

Y

BRD

O

N

-2

-2

EMS37

B

WG
EMS9

EMS46

EM16L

EMS18

EMS19

OY
R
G
BG
Y
W
UY
O

EM82-07

EM81-12

EM82-10

G

C–
EM83-15

G

21.2

-2 PI27 -1

D
EM82-15

CAN

υ

DOWNSTREAM HO2S

K
U
RG
R
G
O
BG

EM81-24

W

-2

BRD

EM80-02

UY
GU
G
G
R
R
YG
BW

-3

B
BRD

EM80-01

O

PI2 -1

G
BRD

O

Y

CC40-1

BRD

PI1 -22 -23 -21

OG

-1 PI26 -1

E

EM83-20

NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.

-2 PI15 -2

G
BRD

P

56

B+

Y

EM82-09

CC40-4

OG

υ

BG

PI16 -1

B+

NR

PI38 -1

-1

UY

PI17 -2

BRD

W

77

BRAKE SWITCH

υ

BG

-1

B
BRD

EM39 -2
B+

II

OG

A

IATS

υ

EM82-13

45

II

UPSTREAM HO2S

MAFS

EM81-17

WR

E

WU

IATS 2

B+

E

52

11

ECTS

B

EM85-05

WR

51

A

EOTS

WU

E

B

KS

O

UY

62

KS

WU

ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN

Fig. 04.4

AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1

NG

XJ Series 2000

C–

EM82-11
I

EM82-14

I

EM82-17

O

EM83-05

EM3-12

EM83-16

Y

C+

EM83-07
D

I

EM83-08

EM80-17

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

EM83-09

W

21.3

D

EM83-12

EM80-18

ECM PROGRAMMING

21.3

ECM PROGRAMMING

21.3

EM83-13

W

D

I

D

I

EM83-18

I

EM83-19

I

EM83-21

I

EM83-22

I

EM83-23

O

EM83-26

O

EM83-27

I

EM83-28

O

EM84-07

O

EM84-15

I

O

EM85-01

I

O

EM85-02

I

O

EM85-03

I

O

EM85-04

I

I

EM85-08

EM83-14

EM80-19

EM83-17

U
EM80-27

GW

B+

EM49

NG

81

3

EM80-08

GW

5

GW

B+

EMS20

WU

58

1

EM80-09

GR

2

O

E

EM82-06

BG

OY

EMS2

EM3-8

PIS1

BG

EM3-9

BG

BRD
EMS3

PI1-6

PI1 -50 -49

EM80-21
EM80-31
EM85-07

I

EM81-08

I

EM84-01

O
O

EM85-09
EM85-10

PI1-9

PI1-10

P134-4

YR
YR

EM8L

B

EMS38

B

EM16R

EM16L

S4

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

OY
K
BRD

G
PI33
-2

PI42
-4

PI42
-2

PI42
-1

PI42
-3

PI6 -4

-3

-2

-1

BT5 -1 -2 -3

-1

FP1 -1 -2 -3

EM10 -1 -2 -3

E

50
E

STEPPER
MOTOR

WU
PI34-2

THROTTLE
MOTOR

WU
PI34-5

EGR VALVE

1

R
PI33
-1

CV1 -2

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)

EMS37

-1

I

49
EMS36

E

PI34-3

EM85-06

BK

55

S2

I

EM84-22

BT4 -34 -48 -35

S1

S3
PI34-6

PI2-6

-3 -4

PIS9

CV2-3

PI34-1

PI1-7

I

EM84-16

YU
YG

G

BG
RG
OY
PI1-8

PI2-7

PI1 -14

GU
FC1-45

BG
BW
OY

EM80-03

EM2-18

-51

BG
RG
OY

EM81-21

RU
UY
YU
YG
WG
YR
YR

WU

EM80-29

BG
RG
OY

GU

I

GU

BK
BK
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

U
UY

R

FC1 -35 -30 -34

THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY

OY

BG

EM83-25

O

EMS1

G

21.3

OY
BG
P
Y
N
BR
BG
S
O
B
G
U
N
N
BW
BW
GW

EM83-06

U
BRD

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

C+

OY

21.2

BG

CAN

OY

EM83-24

Y

R

21.2

BG
RG
OY

CAN

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

CCV

FTPS

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

PPS/1

PPS/2

TPS/1 TPS/2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

MAPS

VARIANT: AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN

EVAPP

CKPS

CMPS

CMPS

A
W

U
EM66-2

EM66-1

CA19-16

CAS81

OG
LFS1

LF3-1

OG

OG

I

EMS21 EM82-08

EM1-1

OY

OY

CC11-1

I
EM81-22

EM53-11

PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED

GU

6

I

II

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

01.1

ENGINE CRANK

03.1

EM82-12

U

O
EM81-03

GO

O

EM80-01

O

EM80-04

O

EM80-05

O

EM80-06

O

EM80-07

I

EM80-15

I

EM81-09

I

EM81-10

I

EM81-18

I

EM81-19

I

EM81-23

I

UY
G
G
R
R
YG

υ

DOWNSTREAM HO2S

B

U

A

B

λ

U

O2S HEATERS
RELAY

82

λ

-5

61
E

3

1

-4
EM21 -3

-4 -1

-2

EM23 -3

-4 -1

-2

-3 -1

-2

EM24 -4

-3 -1

-2

EM75

WG

BRD
UY

N

WG

BRD
U

U

WG

G
BRD
W
UY

E

WG

R
BRD
Y
RU

BW

53

5

EMS8
-56

-52

-31

2

-57

B

O

PI1 -54

BG

O

EM22 -4

O

BG

-1

PI1 -15

UY

PI1 -5

BW

PI2 -9

-3

PIS10

BW

O

YG
-20

YG

PI1 -19

N

-18

BRD

S

BRD

PI1 -17

PI35 -2

GW

-1

WU

PI3 -2

BW

-1

GW

PI4 -2

BW

N

BRD

Y

-2

-2

BG

-2 PI27 -1

BRD

O

PI1 -25 -26 -24

O

-2

B
BRD

-3

N

PI2 -1

G
BRD

NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.

P

Y

CC40-1

BRD

PI1 -22 -23 -21

OG

-1 PI26 -1

E

EM83-20

OG

-2 PI15 -2

N

G
BRD

P

56

B+

Y

EM82-09

CC40-4

OG

υ

BG

PI16 -1

B+

NR

PI38 -1

-1

UY

PI17 -2

BRD

W

77

BRAKE SWITCH

υ

BG

-1

B
BRD

EM39 -2
B+

II

OG

A

IATS

υ

EM82-13

45

II

UPSTREAM HO2S

MAFS

EM81-17

WR

E

WU

IATS 2

B+

E

52

11

ECTS

B

EM85-05

WR

51

A

EOTS

WU

E

B

KS

O

UY

62

KS

Fig. 04.5

AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1

WU

AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1

NG

XJ Series 2000

EMS37

B

WG
EMS9

EMS46

EM16L

EMS18

EMS19

K
U
R
G
O
BG

EM81-24

EM82-02

O.K. TO START

W

03.1

D
EM82-15

SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

Y

03.1

D

O

EM82-01

I

EM82-04

I

EM82-05

EM82-16

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

05.1

CAN

21.2

EM82-07

RU

I

EM82-10

EM81-12

EM82-11

G

C–
EM83-15

CAN

21.2

CAN

21.2

OY
R
G
BG
Y
W
UY
O

G

I

EM82-14

I

EM82-17

O

EM83-05

C–
EM83-16

Y

C+
EM83-24

CAN

Y

21.2

C+
EM83-25

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

EM83-07
I

O

21.3

D

EM83-12

W

21.3

D
EM80-18

ECM PROGRAMMING

21.3

ECM PROGRAMMING

21.3

D
EM80-19

U
GW

NG

3

GW

EM83-18
EM83-19

I

EM83-21

I

EM83-22

I

EM83-23

O

EM83-26

O

EM83-27

EMS20

WU

58

1

I

EM83-28

O

EM84-07

O

EM84-15

I

O

EM85-01

I

O

EM85-02

I

I

EM85-08

B+

GW

B+
EM80-09

GR

2

O

E

EM83-17

I

EM80-08
5

EM83-14

I
D

EM80-27

81

EM83-13
I

W

EM49

EM83-08
EM83-09

EM80-17

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

OY
BG
P
Y
N
BR
BG
S
O
B
G
U
N
N
BW
BW
GW

EM83-06

OY
EMS1

EMS2

BRD

PIS1

BG

BG

EMS3

PI1-6

EM82-06

I

EM80-31

PI33
-1

I

EM85-07

-3 -4

-1

OY

PI2-6

PI1 -14

BG

G

U
BRD

OY

BG

OY

R

PIS9

I

EM80-21

PI2-7

K
BRD

EM80-03

G

EM81-21

RU
UY
WG

-51

G

EM80-29

PI1 -50 -49

R

BK
BK
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

U
UY

R

THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY

PI33
-2

PI42
-4

PI42
-2

PI42
-1

PI42
-3

PI6 -4

-3

-2

-1

I

EM81-08

I

EM84-01

I

EM84-16

I

EM84-22

I

EM85-06

BK

EMS36
EM8L

B

EMS38

B

EM16R

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)

EMS37
EM16L

THROTTLE
MOTOR

PPS/1

PPS/2

TPS/1 TPS/2
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

AJ27 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2

Fig. 04.6

AJ27 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2

TRUNK FUSE BOX
EM52

1

3

O

5

BT12-2

#15 20A

32

1

II

RG

BT10-5

EM53-10

FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY (#1)

EM53-9
EM53-8

1

3

1

RG
UY
U
UY
U

I

CC31-09

O

CC31-07

I

CC30-01

O

CC31-17

I

OY

NG

69

CF1-2

WB

OY

CF1-1

LF30-2

LH RADIATOR FAN

W

W

WU
LF31-9

EM1-11

BT4
-19

WR

BT4
-9

B

A/CCM

W

P

I
O

EM80-11
EM80-12

O

EM80-14

O

EM80-16

I

EM80-20

I

EM80-22

I

EM80-23

O

EM80-25

O

EM81-04

I

EM81-14

I

EM81-15

WU
W
WU
YR
YG

O

EM82-03

WB

O

EM81-05

I

EM81-13

WR

WU
UY
U
RW
YU
U
RW
UY
RW

EM80-10

2

1

WU

U

E

LF31-8

WB

WU

LF26-5

RW

BK

NG

LF31-5

LF31-3

RG

EM25

70

WB

10

8

NW

RW

6

7

B

LFS17

B
PI36-1

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

B

INTERCOOLER
PUMP RELAY

LF31-7

EM17

WU

LF26-3

CC20
-9

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE

LF10R

REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

10.2

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

WG

11

CC20
-10

510 Ω

CC20
-7

LF31-1

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.

RG
270 Ω

YU

B

LF20L

RG
PI1-13

75

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

WU
EM1-12

12 BAR

RW

OG
LF32-4

WU

BK

LF26-1

EM51-10

II

LF26-2

20 BAR

WU
EM51-5

CF2-2

LF20R

RH RADIATOR FAN

7

LF26-4

2–30 BAR

U
EM51-6

80
57

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

EMS11

LF10L

LF3
-21

OG

B
LF32-3 CF2-1

WB

FC1
-42

I

RW

LF30-1

INTERCOOLER
PUMP

EM1-9

60

BT11-10

FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY (#4)

NG

B

LF31-2

LF32-1

WR

2

II

3

E

CC28-01

EM53-12

BT11-1

#7 20A

32

EM53-3

NG

5

5

EMS26

WB

2

RG

II

CC20
-8

ON / OFF

680 Ω

CASSETTE

YR

YU
EM3
-5

U

EM51
-8

WU
CC40-2

EM53-17

YR

SW1
-4

EM53-14
CC40-3

SW2-4

680 Ω

SC3-4
EM53-16
EM3-11

SW3-4

SET / ACCEL

CCS21

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
WU
YR
YG

BO

DECEL
430 Ω

SW3-3

CASSETTE

YG

WU
YR
YG

YG

SW1
-3

SC3-3

SW2-3

CASSETTE

EM3-10

BO

BO

BK
FCS28

SW3-2

SWS1

RESUME

BO

SW1
-6

SC3-12

BO

CANCEL
430 Ω

SW3-1

SW2-6

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

FC17R

EM84-03

O

EM84-04

BR
EM25

BR

46

W

1

2

FUEL
PUMP 1

PIS2

B

II

BR

EMS11

B
B

FUEL INJECTION
RELAY

BT9-1

B

PI1-42

PI1-41

PI1-39

PI1-46

PI1-45

PI1-44

IJ1-2

IJ1-3

IJ1-4

IJ1-5

BR

BT9-4

IJ3-2

-1

IJ4-2

-1

IJ5-2

-1

IJ6-2

-1

IJ2-2

PI1-43

IJ7-2

-1

IJ8-2

-1

IJ2-4

IJ9-2

-1

IJ2-5

IJ10-2

PI51 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI56 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI57 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI54 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI55 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI52 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI53 -3 -2 -4 -1 PI58 -3 -2 -4 -1

-1

B

PIS13
PI1-55

B

B
EMS4

BTS21

BT9-3

B

B
FUEL TANK

EM8R
BT20

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

4B

1A

2B

3B

4A

FUEL INJECTORS

1B

2A

3A

4B

IGNITION COILS

NOTE: ECM power supplies, grounds and
references shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig 04.5.

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
II

IGNITION COIL
RELAY

PI1-37

IJ2-3

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

85

VARIANT: AJ27 4.0 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

59
E

IJS2

EM17

FUEL
PUMP 2

1

WU

EMS38

BR
IJ1-1

O

1

1

BR

BT9-2

PI1-36

2

BR
PI2-5

BO

5

BO

3

PI1-35

NW

PI1-38

BR

NW

PI1-34

3

IJS1

BG

78

NG

PI1-33

BR
IJ2-1

BG

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

PI1-32

5

PI1-53

B

PI1-40
PI1-30

BR

EM84-21

BR

EM84-20

O

BO

EM84-19

O

BO

EM84-18

O

BR

EM84-17

O

BW

O

BW

EM84-14

BR

EM84-13

O

BW

EM84-12

O

BW

O

PIS5

RW

EM16R

BR

EM84-11

BW

EM84-10

O

BW

EM84-09

O

BR

O

BG

EM84-06

BG

EM84-05

O

BR

O

PIS12

EM26

RW

GW
YG
RW
B

O

PI1-29

BG
BO
BW
BW
BW
GW
GO
GR
GU
BR
BG
GU
GO
GW
GB
BO

STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG

GO
YG
RW
B

EM84-02

PIS11

GW
YG
RW
B

O

YG
YG

GU
YG
RW
B

EM83-11

PI1-2

GO
YG
RW
B

I

WR
YG
YG

GR
YG
RW
B

EM83-10

GW
YG
RW
B

EM83-04

I

GU
YG
RW
B

O

XJ Series 2000

AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission

Fig. 05.1

AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.

TRANSMISSION
ROTARY SWITCH

TRANSMISSION
TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

PRESSURE
REGULATORS

SOLENOID
VALVES

L1

OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR

L2

L3

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

L4

P, N
P

υ

R

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3
N

EM46
-6

EM46
-5

EM46 EM46
-13
-14

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46
-16
-2
-3
-7
-11
-15

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46
-12
-8
-9
-4

EM46
-1

D

EM46
-10

B

S

RB

Y

W

N

G
4

N

G

BG

UY

RU OG

OY

O

O

O

RW

YB

YU

YU

U

R
EM47 EM47 EM47
-E
-A
-B

EM47 EM47
-C
-D

3

EM47 EM47
-J
-K

2

BW
NR

79

B+
EM7-26

WB
33
II

WB
WB

B+
EM7-55

CAN

21.1

G

C–
EM7-82

CAN

21.1

Y

21.1

G

C–
EM7-85

CAN

21.1

EM7-2

O

EM7-4

O

EM7-5

I

EM7-6

I

EM7-8

I

EM7-9

I

EM7-12

I

EM7-13

I

EM7-14

Y

W

BK

Y

C+

EM7-15

EM7-86

EM7-16

EM7-21
I

EM7-22
EM7-23

–

G

C
CC14
-3

330 Ω
+

CC14
-4
–

CC14
-8
+

CC14
-9

B

I

330 Ω

O

EM7-28

O

EM7-29

O

EM7-30

O

EM7-32

O

EM7-33

I

EM7-34

21.1

CAN

21.1

CAN

CCS15

EM8L

RU

RU
OG
N
BRD
U

03.1

04.1

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

04.2

OG

OG

BW
EMS25

YU
YU
B

I

EM7-37

Y
Y

I

EM7-42

G

I

EM7-44

I

EM7-45

R
RG

EM7-51

O

EM7-52

O

EM7-53

BY

CC7-1

CC7-3

D–4
SWITCH

BW
O
YB

EM7-36

O

US

EM53-4

BG
UY
BRD

I

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
II

CAN

B

CC14
-6

BW
EM53-1

CC4
-7

WG
CC4
-8

560 Ω

MODE
STATE

CC4
-9

10Κ Ω

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

BK
CC4
-2

CC4
-1

MODE SWITCH

EMS4

B

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10Κ Ω

RG

RG

15
II

RG

CC4
-10

RU
EM53-13

O
RU
RW

560 Ω

RU

RU

EM8R

4

Y

C

330 Ω

21.1

BK

O
OG
B
R
W

TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE

II

G

C

330 Ω

CAN

CC2R

EM53-2

1

Y

C

330 Ω

21.1

EMS36

RU

6

II

330 Ω

RU

EM53-5

1

14

CC14
-1

C+
EM7-83

CAN

EM7-1

O

R

B+
EM7-54

EMS42

O

Y

OY
RU

WG

B+

330 Ω

VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

BK
CCS4

CC3L

XJ Series 2000

AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission

NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal
gear ratio speed sensors.

O

O

B+

I

O

O

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.

NOTE: Pressure regulators:
MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

TRANSMISSION

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

O

n2
SPEED
SENSOR

O

n3
SPEED
SENSOR

FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

SOLENOID
VALVES

P

PRESSURE
REGULATORS

R
CC8
-4

RU

CC8
-11

CC8
-3

CC8
-2

RU WG

B

CC8
-7

CC8
-6

GB

GU

CC8
-8

GU

CC8
-1

SWITCH
(NOT USED)
OPEN – P, N

N

υ

GR

1
2
1-2,4-5 2-3

3
3-4

TCC

MD

SD

D

4
PARK, NEUTRAL

03.2

PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

04.5

RU
04.4

03.2

GB1
-7

GB1
-3

GB1
-1

GB1
-12

GB1
-4

GB1
-6

GB1
-13

GB1
-8

GB1
-9

GB1
-11

GB1
-2

GB1
-10

3

RU
B

EM63-11

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

2

WG

B+

330 Ω

15
II

CC14
-1

330 Ω
–

G

C
CC14
-3

330 Ω
+

C
CC14
-4

330 Ω
–

C
CC14
-8

330 Ω
+

C

Y
G
Y

CC14
-9

330 Ω

CC14
-6

21.2

CAN

21.2

CAN

21.2

CAN

21.2

CAN

B

B

I

330 Ω

WG

17

Fig. 05.2

AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission

CCS15

II
CC2R
EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63
-12
-1
-2
-3
-4

EM4
-7

EM4
-3

EM4
-1

EM4
-12

EM4
-4

EM4
-6

EM4
-5

EM4
-8

EM4
-9

EM4
-11

EM4
-2

EM4
-10

B

33

WB

II

CAN

21.2

B+
EM61-29

G

I

EM61-2

I

EM61-3

I

EM61-25

I

EM61-26

I

EM61-27

I

EM61-28

I

EM61-30

BW
U
GB
GU
GU
GR
B

BW

21.2

EMS17

1000 Ω

U
C+

EM62-H

I

EM62-12

O

EM62-13

O

EM62-14

O

EM62-15

O

EM62-16

O

EM62-17

BG
BW
BK
BG
BR
BW

CC4
-9

EM63-8

WG

EM62-33

I

EM62-34

I

EM62-35

O

EM62-36

O

EM62-37

O

EM62-38

270 Ω

B
BW
BG
BO
BO
BR

BK
CC4
-1

MODE SWITCH

7

49

Fig. 01.2

EMS4

B

1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

DIMMER OVERRIDE

BK
CCS4

CC3L

EM8R

Fig. 01.1

10.2

CC4
-10

B

6

II

RG

TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE

1

16

CC4
-8

510 Ω

MODE STATE
O

CCS5

CC3R

C–

Y

BK

CC36

KICKDOWN SWITCH

EM62-L
CAN

BK
CC35

EM53-15

VARIANT: AJ27 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Gearshift Interlock

Gearshift Interlock

NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping vehicles only.

WU

11
II

OG
CC40-4

CC40-1

OG
CA19-16

OG
CAS81

OG

OG

OG

LFS1

LF3-1

OG
EMS21

EM1-1

BRAKE SWITCH

I
EM82-8

Y

C +
EM83-25

EM2-7

G

C –
EM83-16

EM2-6

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

Y

Y

G

C +
CC14-4

FC7-8

G

Y

C –
CC14-3

FC7-2

Y
FC11-12

G

C +
CC14-9

G
FC11-15

C –
CC14-8

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

Y

C +
FC24-11

G

C –
FC24-24
–

U

U

S

FCS2

FC24-14
+

Y

Y

S

FCS3

FC24-13

21.1

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

INSTRUMENT PACK

N

13

B+ LOGIC
FC15-80

NW

17

B+ SOLENOIDS
FC15-104
–

U

S
FC15-84

WU

2
II

I

+

WR

12
I

Y

S

FC15-15

FC15-85

I

OG

OG

O

FC15-32

FC15-48

GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
CONTROL

RW
FC15-51

BK
CCS4

YB
CC13-3

CC13-1

YB
FC7-18

CC12
-2

CCS15

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK
SOLENOID

O

BK

B

B
CC12
-1

FC7-17

CC2R

RW
SC1-1

BK
SC5
-1

I

SC5
-2

B
SC1-2

B
FCS10

FC15-58

KEYLOCK SOLENOID

NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH

FC29L

LOGIC

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

CC3L
POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 05.3

XJ Series 2000

Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control

Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control

BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR

NR

72

WU

43
II

UY

LF27-1

EM37-2

EM1-4

LF27-20

U

I

U

LF27-13

B+
LF27-25

EM1-5

Y

I

W

LF27-3
CAN

21.2

Y

21.1

C +

21.2

G

21.1

FR1-2

LF2-2

G

LF27-5
CAN

EM37-1

B+

NW

71

UY

O

B+
LF27-9

R

LF27-4

FR1-1

LF2-1

C –

RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

LF27-15

O

I

O

LF27-7

Y

LF27-6

RA2-1

CA9-1

Y

O

NOT USED

W

LF3-7

R

LF3-8

RA2-2

CA9-2

LF27-19

EM1-3

RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

WU

11

OG

II

CC40-4

OG

OG

OG

CAS81

CA19-16

CC40-1

OG

I

LFS1

LF3-1

W

I

LF27-2

W

R

BRAKE SWITCH

FL1-2

LF1-2

LF27-17

R
FL1-1

LF1-1

LF27-18

LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

II

CC1-5

U

I

560 Ω

WG

18

RW

RW
CC1-11

STABILITY / TRACTION
STATE

RW
LF3-5

CA19-9

U

LF27-16

U

CCS4

R
CC1-2

CC1-12

R
CA19-10

R
LF3-6

R

LF3-10

CA29-2

LA2-2

LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

B

I

BK

LA2-1

CA29-1

U
LF27-22

BK

W

LF3-9

LF27-21

O

LF27-8

I
LF27-14

B

I
LF27-24

STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CC3L

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

LF29R

LF29L

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 06.1

XJ Series 2000

Power Assisted Steering

WU

10

B+

II

VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

R

O

CA32-6

U

08.1

CA32-2

U
FC5-11

I

R
LF3-30

Y

O

CA32-4

CA32-5

CA32-8

R
LL2-1

LL3-1

Y
LF3-33

B

I

Power Assisted Steering

Y
LL2-2

LL3-2

VARIABLE STEERING
CONVERTER

B
CAS46

CA30L

POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 06.2

XJ Series 2000

Suspension Adaptive Damping

NW

74

B+

O

EM68-27
B+

II

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

21.3

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

21.3

Y

Y

OY

OY

EM68-30

W

47

Suspension Adaptive Damping

O

EM68-11

EM64-A

EM64-B

EM68-31

O

LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID

D
EM68-10

W

D

O

EM68-28

OG

OG

OY

OY

EM68-14

O

EM65-A

EM65-B

EM68-33

RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

YR

YR

O

EM2-10

EM68-1

O
EM2-14

O

O

OG

EM68-13

I
EM68-24

O
FC5-41

OY

O

CA29-4

OY

LA1-A

OY

OY

EM2-1

EM68-32

O

O

EM2-20

FC5-40

CA29-3

LA1-B

LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID

OG

OG

O
EM68-15

FC1-20

OY

O

CA9-4

OY

RA1-A

OY

OY

EM2-11

EM68-34

OG

OG

EM2-12

FC1-19

CA9-3

RA1-B

RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID

11

WU

II

OG
CC40-4

CC40-1

OG
CA19-16

OG
CAS81

OG
LF3-1

OG
LFS1

OG

OG
EMS21

EM1-1

I
EM68-26

BRAKE SWITCH

B

I

B

EM68-20

EM28-1

Y

LATERAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND

EM28-2

U

B+
EM28-3

LATERAL ACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)

B

B

I

EM4-1

EM68-21

Y

O

Y
EMS45

EM68-3

U
EMS44

EM68-25

GROUND
EM4-2

U

O

VERTICAL
ACCELERATION

B+
EM4-3

FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER

R

I

R

EM68-22

EM2-9

Y
B

B
EMS11

Y
EM2-5

I

U

EM68-18

R
FC1-28

U

BT4-29

BT4-28

VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND

BT7-2

U

U
FC1-26

BT7-1

Y

Y
FC1-27

EM2-4

R
BT4-30

B+
BT7-3

EM17

REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 06.3

XJ Series 2000

Climate Control: Part 1
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

ASPIRATOR
ASSEMBLY
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

VENT
SERVO

ASPIRATOR
MOTOR

DEFROST
SERVO

EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

υ

υ

UB BW

LF16
-2

LF16
-1

BW

OY

BW

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

P

P

O

KU

UG

BW

SU

UO

GU

FC40
-1

FC40
-3

FC40
-4

LF3
-3

LF3
-4

FC44
-2

FC44
-3

FC44
-5

FC44
-4

FC44
-6

FC44
-8

FC44
-7

FC44
-9

FC52
-1

FC52
-2

CC34
-1

CC34
-10

CC34
-2

CC34
-3

CC34
-5

CC34
-4

CC34
-6

U BW

GW

BW

OY

BW

RG

UY

YR

O RW

RU

U

U

OG

WU

U

BW

YB

UY

GU

UY

FC11
-7

FC7
-20

CA19
-8

CA19
-7

FC11
-6

FC11
-4

FC11
-5

U

GW

BW

OY

RG

UY

YR

FC11
-3

FC11
-1

FC11
-2

FC11
-18

O RW

RU

OG
U

BW
FCS37

6

WU

WU

WR

WR

II

B+
CC31-1

15
I

I
CC31-3

NW

37

NW

B+
CC31-5

CA50

NW

38

3

4
5

GW

GW
CA20-5

B

B

2

1

GW

CAS37

B+
CC31-2

GW
CA20-4

O

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

ENGINE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

YG

YG

RW
FC11-8

OY

08.1

OY

CC28-9

O

CC28-12

O

CC28-13

O

CC28-19

O

CC28-20

O

CC28-21

O

CC28-22

O

CC28-25

O

CC28-26

I

CC29-1

I

CC29-2

I

CC29-3

I

CC29-5

I

CC29-10
CC29-11

I

CC29-13

I

O

CC30-2

D

CC30-3

I

CC30-5

I

CC30-6

D

CC30-7

I
CC31-16

W

D

O

21.3

CC28-8

O

I

CC31-10

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

O

I

CC31-6

FC11-10

21.3

CC28-7

FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO

UY UW

UR

P

CC34
-8

CC34
-7

CC34
-9

OY

O

U

P BW
CC32
-1

CC32
-2

U BW

YG

PY

Y

CC32
-6

CC32
-12

CC32
-7

YG RW

Y

P BW YW
CC33
-1

RB

NR

CC33
-2

CC33
-6

CC33
-12

CC33
-7

U BW

Y

R

NR

U
CCS13

FC7-6

BW
BW

RW
UY
RW
R
OY
UY
RU
YR
Y
NR
O
GU

CCS14

OG
RG
Y
YB
O
YG
UY

CC29-6

FC11-9

RW

O

FC7-7

FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO

CC31-15

AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY

CA31L

CC28-6

RH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE

υ

B

FCS36

O

FOOT WELL
SERVO

LGW

FC40
-2

NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted
during engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high power
consuming components.
NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power is
supplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.

OY

COOL AIR BYPASS
SERVO

HEATER MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR

υ
BW

LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX
ASSEMBLY

SOLAR
SENSOR

VENT ASSEMBLY

Fig. 07.1

Climate Control: Part 1

D

O

CC30-8

I

CC30-11

I

CC30-12

O

CC31-4

O

CC31-8

O

CC31-12

I

CC31-13

O

CC31-14

O

CC31-18

O

CC31-19

I

CC31-20

Y
YG
OY
U
Y
YR
U
WU

CC31-21

B WR WU

YR

Y

YG

Y

B

B

CC3R

FC29L

CC27
-5

CC27
-6

CC27
-2

CC27
-3

CC27
-4

CC27
-1

B WR WU

SR

SY

SG

S

I

I

I

B+

B+

I

D

D

I
CLOCK

BK

CC27
-7

DATA

FCS10

DATA

CCS5

START

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

WU
U
WR
B
B
GW
BW
BK

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE

I

R

R

I

RG

RG
CC27-9

CONTROL PANEL

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

10.2
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

CC27-8

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

10.2

XJ Series 2000

Climate Control: Part 2

Fig. 07.2

Climate Control: Part 2

SH3

NR

84

3

B

GO

5

SH4-2

SH4-1

YU

2

WG

1

35
II

NG

69

OY
CF1-2

OY

CF1-1

LF31-2

LF32-1

W

W

LH RADIATOR FAN

WU
LF31-9

EM1-11

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioning
compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.
Refer to Fig. 04.3 and Fig. 04.6.

EM18R

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY

60
E

LF31-8

SH2

B

B
LF32-3

OG

OG
CF2-1

CF2-2

NG

83
EM52

LF31-7

EM1-12

LF10L

B

EM80-10

WU

5

3

NG

RW

2

1

WU

I

EM80-11

UY

O

EM80-12

U

I

EM80-22

RW

EM80-23

57

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE

2

WG

1

36

RG

EM18L

CA18
EM42-4

N

31

3

2

WU

1

B

NR

NR

NR

5

CAS34

W

PI1-13

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY

CA10-4

B

DD8-9

II

UY

B

CA30R
(CA33R)

NR

NR
CA12-4

B

PD8-9

B
PDS1

PD8-11

B
CA12-3

UY

O

EM80-25

RW

O

EM81-04

WU

B
CAS40
(RHD)

CA10-3

DRIVER MIRROR

DOOR MIRROR HEATER
RELAY

PI36-1

B
DDS1

DD8-11

7

CA19-14

RG

SH5-2

II

UY

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY

EMS26
I

B

GW

5

80
E

LF10R

UY

SHS2

RG

LF31-1

I

3

SH5-1

WU

WU

RH RADIATOR FAN

70

LF31-3

LF31-5

LF32-4

NG

AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH

B
CAS40
(LHD)
CA33R
(CA30R)

PASSENGER MIRROR
BT13-10
EM53-7

1

P
O

EM81-05

W
U
EM53-12

LF26-5

EM51-6

12 BAR

RW
EM51-10

I

CC28-1

O

CC28-2

O

CC28-3

O

CC28-4

O

CC28-5

O

CC28-16

O

CC28-17

O

CC28-18

BT4-D

B
CA21

IC18

GU

2

II

BK

BT10-8

HEATED BACKLIGHT

LFS17

WY

TRUNK FUSE BOX

7
II

GU
CA20-1

REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH

EM53-10

BT4-31

CA58

44

NG

3

5

OY

OY

UY

2

1

WP

UW
CC33-5

CA20-2

9
II

CA20-6

RH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
I

CC29-7

O

CC29-8

I

CC29-15

O

CC29-16

1

OG
GO
U
GU

OG

I

CC31-7

O

CC31-9

I

CC31-17

4

CC33-13

B
2

CC33-8

3

CC33-10

U

UY

G

GO

CA19-15

CC30-1

U

B

EM53 EM53 EM53 EM53
-3
-8
-9
-6

O

IC6

HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)

LF26-4

LF26-3

RG

RG
U
UY
UY
W
GR
RW
GU

BT13-3

LF20L
LF26-1

EM51-5

LF26-2

20 BAR

WU

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

1

32
BK

UY

UY

5
#17 25A

2–30 BAR

U

3

RH BLOWER MOTOR

RW

U
UY
U

CA58

LF3-32

22

NW

8

10

O

GR
U

B

EM40-2

EM40-1

B

B

EMS4

Y
EM36-2

EM36-1

Y
LF7-2

EM1-8

RW

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

5

3

2

1

6

WU

8
II

CA20-7

48

LH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY

II

HEATER PUMP

B

7

CC32-5

#15 10A

LF5-5

HEATER VALVE

5

UW

O
CA19-12

1

U

U

HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)

4

CC32-13

B

B

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX

EM8R

2

CC32-8

NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1;
ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1, 04.2, 04.4 and 04.5.

G

GU
CC32-10

3

CC2L

LH BLOWER MOTOR

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Instrument Pack; Clock

NR

27

B+

TRIP SELECT

WG

12

UY

I

FC24-15

FC24-8

FC24-1

RESET

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

10.2

SCP

RU

I
FC24-6

RG

I

Y

21.1

FC27-9

000
(RESET)

BR

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

FC24-25

DIMMER OVERRIDE

MESSAGE

FC27-2

Y

I
FC24-18

FC25-21

21.2

A/B
(TRIP SELECT)

O

I
FC24-19

10.2

FC27-7

B+

II

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

Fig. 08.1

Instrument Pack; Clock

IMPERIAL;
METRIC;
U.S.A.

S +

FC27-8

CLEAR

R

I
FC24-9

FC27-1

MI / KM

FC24-13
SCP

21.2

U

21.1

S –
FC24-14

CAN

21.2

Y

21.1

TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
C +

FC24-11
CAN

21.2

G

21.1

C –
FC24-24

CAN

21.2

Y

21.1

C +

NR

B+

FC24-10
CAN

21.2

G

21.1

C –

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

FC24-23

R

I

16.2

A/CCM

07.1

OY

16.1

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

ENGINE SPEED

10.2

FC38-2

BK

I
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT

15

FC38-6

FC38-5

FC25-20

RW
FC25-3

A/CCM

07.1

A/CCM

07.1

YG

CLOCK
O

FC25-4

OY

ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

VEHICLE SPEED

FC25-5
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE

U

06.2

FC25-6

CIRCUITS CONTINUED
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

06.3

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

06.3

GENERATOR

03.2

O
FC25-7

YR

TRIP CYCLE

I

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
WARNING

I

CHARGE WARNING

FC24-3

Y

03.1

YB

I
FC24-7

YB

1 ΚΩ

900Ω

80Ω

F

E

RW
BT4-26

BT15

BK
SC2-9

BK
FCS28

FC17R

I

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AIRBAG WARNING

FC25-16

RW

FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR

Y

18.1

BK
SCS1

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

FC25-22
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR

BK

SC2-5

RW

O

FC1-7

FC25-14

BT14

BW

BW
BT4-25

BW
FC1-4

I

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)

FC25-13

P
OY
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE

PI40-1

OY

OY
PI1-48

EM2-16

FC25-19

OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH

BK

I

BK

BK
EMS36

OG
EM55-1

OG

EM55-2

I

EM2-17

FC25-23

LOW COOLANT
WARNING

BK
FCS7

FC24-4

B

I
FC24-16

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
FC29R

EM8L

FC17L

INSTRUMENT PACK

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

XJ Series 2000

Audible Warnings

N

13

Audible Warnings

B+
FC15-80

NW

17

B+
FC15-104

RW

1

I
FC15-41

WU

2
II

WR

12
I

AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BK

BK
CA23-8

BK
SDS4

GB
SD8-1

SD8-2

I
FC15-15

I
FC15-32

RW

18.1

D
FC15-10

GB

GB

CA23-7

FC5-3

I
FC15-31

SEAT BELT
SWITCH

CA25R
(CA26R)

NOTE: SDS4 not used – Manual Seat vehicles.

AUDIBLE
WARNING 1

O

AUDIBLE
WARNING 2

O

GR
FC15-82

GR
SC1-10

SC7-1

O

GB
SC1-11

FC15-83

SC7-2

SPEAKER

AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SCP SOURCES:
•
•
•
•
•

SCP

DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1
VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.3

21.2

21.1

U

S –

AUDIBLE WARNINGS:

FC15-84
SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

S +
FC15-85

LOGIC
POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

DIRECTION INDICATORS
HAZARD WARNING
SIDE LAMPS ON
VALET MODE WARNING
GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
MEMORY CHIME
AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR
KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 08.2

XJ Series 2000

SCP

21.2

21.1

SCP

21.2

21.1

Exterior Lighting: Front

U
U
Y

–

U

S

+

N

13

5

RW

1

U

560 Ω

5
5
S –

Y
FC3-7

REAR FOG
STATE
10Κ Ω

S +

5

560 Ω

OG

O

FC3-5

1

U

LF6-9

O

BK

LF38-3

MAIN

LF38-2

FC5-13

DIP

B

R
LF3-16

LF38-1

LFS7

FC5-24

BL2-1
LF3-22

GW
FC5-23

Y

LF3-11

FC5-21

LF3-19

GU

BK

LF17-1

GU
FC7-11

CC1-3

HAZARD STATE
CC1-2

LF17-2

BL5-1

RW

CC1-1

HAZARD

FC7-12

I

B

OY

FC15-59

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

CC3L

LF18L

RIGHT HAND:

BR4-A
CC3R

B

BL5-2

SIDE MARKER
(NAS ONLY)

O
FC15-96

RW

LFS8

B

RG

CC1-16

CCS4

B B

SIDE DI REPEATER
(ROW ONLY)

CC1-9

BK

BL1-1

B

Y

NR

BK

B
BLS1

BL1-4

BL1-3

CCS5

BL2-2

DIRECTION INDICATOR

GW

Y

FC15-27

B

GW

LF3-17

RG

BK

B

FRONT LAMP UNIT

LF3-18

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

14

LFS9

LF38-5

SIDE LAMP

R

GW

I
FC15-38

LF38-4

U

FC15-2

O

B

UY

FC5-15

FC15-53

FRONT FOG

U

OG

R

O

BL4-B

BR1-2

OG
LF5-8

U

O

O

BL4-A

FRONT FOG LAMP

LF8-10

2

FC5-20

FC15-45

FC3-10

BL1-2

OY

5

1

B

O

LF8-3

OG

FC15-68

FC3-6

3

OG

O

REAR FOG

LEFT HAND:

OG

2

OG
FCS4

FC15-20

O

FC17L

LF6-4

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

10Κ Ω

FC3-3

#6 10A

5

FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)

OG
FRONT FOG
STATE

FCS7

3

LF6-8

II

LIGHTING
CONTROL

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.

FC3-1

BK

UY
#8 10A

#17 15A

BULB FAILURE
MONITORING

10Κ Ω

LF5-7

DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)

48

10Κ Ω

560 Ω

U

2

FC15-85

RG

10.2

1

FC15-84

560 Ω

FC3-9

LF7-10

OY

I
FC15-15

INSTRUMENT PACK

#19 10A

MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)

FC15-41
II

LF5-4

5

I

WU

2

#21 10A

B+ LIGHTING 2
FC15-80

FCS3

FC24-13

LIGHTING
INDICATORS

3

B+ LIGHTING 1
FC15-79

FCS2

Y

S

5

NG

30

FC24-14

DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE

Fig. 09.1

Exterior Lighting: Front

BR4-B

FRONT FOG LAMP

OY
LF40-3

U

U

U

SC2-2

HEADLAMP
FLASH

U

U

U

SC2-6

YG

R

WG

YG

YG

WG

WG

FC5-17

UY

GO

O

GO
FC5-18

GO

B

GO
BR1-4

LF3-29

BR2-1

DIRECTION INDICATOR

GR

FC15-42

GR

FC15-81

FCS28

BK

BK

SC2-9

SCS1

DIP

SIDE

RW

RW

RW

RW

SCS2

AUTO

FCS9

SC2-3

LFS20

RG

BR5-1

LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

B

Input

NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

CA33R

BR5-2

SIDE MARKER
(NAS ONLY)

POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

B
CAS40

B

RG
BR1-3

LOGIC

10.2

B

CA80-2

SIDE DI REPEATER
(ROW ONLY)

I

FC17R

DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON

BR1-1

FC15-16

RW

LFS4

B
BRS1

B
CA80-1

FC1-5

SIDE

BK

BR2-2

I

SC2-1

BK

B

FRONT LAMP UNIT
I

UY

SC2-4

LFS3

LF40-5

SIDE LAMP

FC15-61

UY

YU

LF40-1

LF3-26

I

FC15-3

DIP

B

W

FC15-88

SC2-8

DIRECTION
INDICATOR

YU

W

W

O
FC15-1

L

LF40-4

DIP

I
FC15-14

SC2-7

11.4

B

U

FC15-30

LF40-2

HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM

REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT

MAIN

I

RG

RG
LF3-20

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

09.2

REAR SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

LFS16

B
LF19R

XJ Series 2000

Exterior Lighting: Rear

NR

50

B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)

SCP

21.2

21.1

U

U

Y

Y

21.2

21.1

S –

O

S +

O

21.2

21.1

SCP

21.2

21.1

LIGHTING
CONTROL

O

BULB FAILURE
MONITORING

I

1

3

5

1

2

GB

I

BK

1

GW
1

RU

1

3

BT12-10

#21 5A

BT10-4

1

CAN

21.2

Y

21.1

CAN

21.2

G

21.1

O
BT51-7

FOG

FC15-85

REVERSE
GEAR

30

LIGHTING
INDICATORS

13

NG

Y

BTS2

B+ LIGHTING 1
FC15-79

N
NW

17

II

OY
REAR FOG
STATE

FC3-9

BT32-11

I

BT32-6

REAR FOG LAMPS

STOP

BTS9

TRAILER CONNECTED

TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL

LIGHTING
CONTROL

FC3-1
560 Ω

10Κ Ω

TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+

BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
FRONT FOG
STATE

TAIL LAMP UNIT

B
R

TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND

FC3-5

10Κ Ω

Y

BTS7

RW
BT40-1

RW
BTS15

BT40-2

BT40

BT32-12

56

B

RIGHT HAND:

BTS1

BT32-13

R

RW

RW

SIDE MARKER LAMPS

FCS7

FC3-3

FC17L

I

FC3-6

REAR FOG

FC15-12

BK

BK
CCS5

BK

GU
FC7-11

CC1-3

O

DI

GO

STOP

OY

FC15-96

CCS4

CC1-2

CC1-1

HAZARD

RW
FC7-12

FC15-49

I
FC15-59

FC1-39

FC15-75

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

CC3L

FC1-38

FC15-95

YG

L

DIRECTION
INDICATOR

YG

I

SC2-7

FC15-54

FC15-88

WG

R

WG

UY
YU

FC15-76
SC2-4

FC15-28

TAIL LAMP UNIT

BT4-23

FC1-13

CAS59
BT4-24

RG

RG

RG
BT4-12

BTS16

B
BT31-1

G
FC1-37

BT50-2

FOG

RG

GO

G

O

BT50-1
BT4-11

FC1-12

B

O

FC5-16

GW

GO

O

REVERSE
BT4-27

FC1-36

FC15-50

FC15-61

BT50-3

R

GW

O

I

SC2-8

FC1-21

R

O

Y
BT4-20

RU

RU

O

TAIL

RG

BT4-21

GR

GR

O

BT50-5
BT50-6

GO

GO

O

RW

HAZARD STATE

G

TRAILER CONNECTOR

CC1-16

BK

BT20

BT50-4
FC1-2

BT32-3

GU

CC1-9

B
BTS21

GO
GR

BT32-9

NR

BT26-2

NUMBER PLATE LAMP

BT4-13

BT32-7

TRAILER LH DI
TRAILER RH DI

CC3R

BTS8

B

BT26-1

RG

O

TRAILER STOP LAMP

FOG LAMP SWITCHES

14

RW

BT32-2

OG

BT27-2

NUMBER PLATE LAMP

NR

NUMBER PLATE LAMPS

BK

B

BT27-1

BT32-4

BT32-5

BK

BT51-6

DI

BT32-8

10Κ Ω

560 Ω

BT51-4

GW

FC15-44

RG

10.2

B

GW

O

BT32-1

DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE

BT51-3
BT51-2

BT32-10

O

FC3-7

U

OG

FC15-15

560 Ω

WR

RU

SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL

I
FC15-41

WU

2

10Κ Ω

B+ HIGH CURRENT

RW

1

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.

II

REVERSE
TAIL

R

FC15-104

INSTRUMENT PACK

41

BT51-5

B+ LIGHTING 2
FC15-80

560 Ω

BT29-2

SIDE MARKER
(NAS ONLY)

S +

FCS3

FC24-13

B
BT29-1

FC15-84

Y

Y

+ S

RG

O
BT11-8

S –

FCS2

FC24-14

C –
FC24-24

CA31L

BT10-7

TRUNK FUSE BOX

U

U

– S

B
CAS37

HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
LEFT HAND:

RU

2

SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3)

C +
FC24-11

B
CA35-2

RW

5

BK
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

CA35-1

R
#19 5A

BT1-7

BT1-14

BT4-40

BT11-9

BT1-4

O

11
II

CC40-4

OG

STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)

OG

O

I

BT24*

WU
CC40-1

GB

BT11-5

#8 10A

Y

BT2-6

BT1-13
BTS18

OG
CA19-16

BRAKE SWITCH

OY

BT1-5

* NOTE: BT22L,
Premium ICE vehicles.

BK

OG
CAS81

U

BT1-3

U
Y

OG
BT4-18

BT1-9

BT1-8
SCP

OG
BTS10

BT2-1

BT1-16
SCP

OG

I

BT1-6

Fig. 09.2

Exterior Lighting: Rear

BT31-2

B
BTS5

SIDE MARKER
(NAS ONLY)

BT4-10

BT28R

SIDE

BK

BK
FCS28

SC2-9

BK

BK

DIP

SCS1

SIDE

RW

RW
SCS2

AUTO

RW

RW
FCS9

SC2-3

RG

I

B

FC15-16

Y
LOGIC

LIGHTING STALK

FC17R

Y

POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

6

RW

Y

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

FRONT SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

11.4

REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

17.2

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

19.1

REVERSE PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BT21L

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1

09.1

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

42

Headlamp Leveling

Headlamp Leveling

WR

II

FC14-2

38

0

WR

II
203 Ω

1

187 Ω

GW

2

GW

FC14-3

GW

FC5-31

LF3-27

LF41-3

GW
LFS11

SERVO
AMPLIFIER

LH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF41-2

3

BK
FC14-4

BK
FCS7

LEVELING SWITCH
LF41-1

FC17L

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

B
LFS8

B
LF18L

39

WR

II

LF42-3

GW

SERVO
AMPLIFIER

RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF42-2

LF42-1

B
LFS16

B
LF19R

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 09.3

XJ Series 2000

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to
switch off interior lamps during
engine cranking.

RW

1

Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener

FC15-41

WU

2

ILLUMINATION O
ENABLE

I

II

RW
FCS13

FC15-101

FC15-15

WR

12

RW

RW
RW
RW
RW
RW

I

RW

NW

17

RW
FC5-2

B+ HIGH CURRENT
INTERIOR LAMPS
ON / OFF

CA53-8

BK

O
FC4-5

GR

I

1

FC5-8

CA53-2

IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)

FADE 1

NW
FC5-5

7

INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL

8

B
CAS46

CA30L

LH VANITY LAMP

6
CA53-3

B

B
CAS46

CA69-2

5

NW

FC15-24

B
CA69-1

4

COURTESY
LAMPS

FC15-67

O

FC5-D

3

I

FC4-4

RW

2

GR

FC15-57

FC29L

RW

FC15-104

FC17L

B
FCS10

FC34

GLOVE BOX LAMP

B+ LIGHTING 2
FC15-80

FCS7

MIRROR MOVEMENT
B+ SUPPLY

FC15-32

N

13

BK

11.2

B
FC33

I

I

Fig. 10.1

Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener

CA53-4

RW

RIBBON
CONNECTOR

MAP LAMPS

CAS40

CA70-2

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

CA30L

B

B
CA70-1

FC1-3

CA33R

RH VANITY LAMP

ROOF CONSOLE

RW
FADE 2

RW

O

RW

FC15-74

RW
CAS36

FC1-6

RW
IC1-11

B
IC4-2

FC1-29

RW

RW

BTS22

BT4-4

RW

BT46-2

IC4-1

LH TRUNK LAMP

COURTESY
–

LOGIC

U

S

21.1

21.2

26

SCP

I

FC15-84

POWER

+

Y

S

WG

WG

RW

IC20
IC4-3

IC1-12

BT46-1

RW

BT47-2

RW
BTS23

BT47-1

BT29-1

BT29

READING

21.1

21.2

SCP

BT29-2

RH TRUNK LAMP

FC15-85

LH E-POST LAMP

BK
RW

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

B

BTS18

RW
BT41-2

CA5-1 CAS37

CA5-2

RW
BTS24

BT41-1

TRUNK SWITCH

COURTESY

BT24*

WG

27

BK

B

CA31L

I

* NOTE: BT22L, Premium ICE vehicles.

CA5-3

READING
RHD

46

NR

24

LHD

NR
CA10-1

GU

LOCK

NW

8

DD3-10

I

–

DD3-11

U

S

DD11-12

I

+

Y

BK

G
DD3-6

DD3-7

21.1

U

S –

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

GW

B

B
DD14-1

I

DDS1

DD14-2

B

B

RHD

RD10-14

BK

B

B

B

BK
CA14-4

RDS1

BK

CA33R

CA30R

G
RD3-5

RD3-6

I

NR

NR
CA12-1

U
Y

S

PDS3

BK

G
PD3-6

PD3-7

CA33L
(CA36L)

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

U

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

GW

B
PD14-1

PD14-2

B
PDS1

B

21.2

21.1

Y

PASSENGER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP

7

49

RP10-14

BK
B

CA30R

BK
CA16-4

CA33R

PD10-17
CA33L
(CA36L)

I

Fig. 01.2

1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

45

LHD

23

RHD

RPS1

BK

G
RP3-5

RP3-6

I
RP11-20

B

I

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
BK

B
RP14-1

RP14-2

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP

RP10-17

I
RP10-8

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

GW

O

RHD

B

B

I

Fig. 01.1

NR
CA16-1

RP10-1

CAS40

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

6

NR

B+

S +

B

LHD

CA12-3

PD10-8

1

S –

DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL

I

BK

CA36R
(CA33R)

RP10-16

PD11-20

PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH

B
CA14-3

RD10-8

PD10-16

PD10-14

BK

B
RDS2

I

RP10-9

O

CA11-8

B
RD14-2

RD10-17

PD10-9

DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL

BK

RHD

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

S

B+
+

45

B

I

BK

CA36L
(CA33L)

PD10-1

LHD

DRIVER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP

DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH

DD10-17

I

–

46

LHD

23

RD14-1

RD11-20

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

24

NR
CA14-1

GW

O

LHD

DD10-8

RHD

RD10-1

CAS40

CA10-3

DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP

DD11-20

BK

NR

B+

S +
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL

I

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

CA36L
(CA33L)

21.2

RD10-16

DD10-14
DDS3

SCP

DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL

O

BK

SCP

DD10-16

DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES

CA8-8

21.2

RD10-9

S

DD11-4

KEY BARREL

BK

21.1

DD10-9

OY

UNLOCK

DD3-12

RH E-POST LAMP

B+
DD10-1

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

B
RPS2

B
CA16-3
CA33R
(CA36R)

XJ Series 2000

Dimmer Controlled Lighting

RU

RG

B

CENTRAL
LOCKING

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

IC11
-21

IC11
-20

IC10
-6

RG

R

BRD

IC1
-2

IC1
-1

FC29R

RG

R

B

CC1
-10

CC1
-4

R

RG

CC27
-7

RG

R

11

NW

NW
FCS5

R

CC3R

FC3-1

NW
FC23-11

13

RG

RU

O

B
FC3-4

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FC29L

FOG LAMP
SWITCHES

RG

CCS9

I

CC4-10

FC23-3

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

R
UY

UY

UY
SC11-4

SC11-5

I

G

SC11-6

O

RG

FC23-6

SC3-11

RW

RW

CC20-10

B
CC20-5

DIMMER CONTROL

R

O

CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH

UY
YU

R

FCS28

BK

FC23-7

BK

SIDE

RW

SCS1

SC2-9

RW
SCS2

RW
SC2-3

RW
FCS9

R
R

B

I

R
CCS8

FC5-48

R

B
FC27-3

BPM:
SIDE LAMPS CONTROL
REAR SEAT SWITCHES:
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

09.2

DIMMER MODULE

R

12.5

R
SP25-4

12.9

12.8

12.7

TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK

R

RW

09.1

R
R

R
CA27-10

R

CA224

-11

-17

-12

-18

-13

R
R

B

B
CA53-7

CA53-4

BK

R

BK
PDS3

CA11-8

PD1-4

PD1-2

FC29L

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

R

CA8-6

BK

RD1-2

R

R

BK

R

BK
RPS1

RP1-4

DD1-24

DDS3

BK

RP1-2

R

R

CA8-8

R
CA19-3

R

B
CA74-3

CAS13

CA36L
(CA33L)

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

CA47L

R

B
CA76

CA45-1

CA75-1

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK

Fig. 01.4

CA74-1

FRONT
CIGAR LIGHTER

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CA33L
(CA36L)

FC17R

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK

CA16-4

BK

BK

DD1-20

CA46-1

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

BK

FCS28

CLOCK

R

RD1-4

CA36L
(CA33L)

FC38-5

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

BK
RDS1

CA14-4

BK

BK
FC38-2

PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK

BK

B

CA30L

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CA33L
(CA36L)

FCS10

FC14-5

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

R
CA11-6

B
FC14-6

-15 -14 -16

BK

R

CAS46

ROOF CONSOLE

1

FC27-4

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

FC29R

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

CC2R

R
FCS19

FC7-1

FC23-9

LIGHTING STALK

CCS15

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

I
FC23-4

FC17R

CC14-10

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

R

O
SIDE

B

B
CC14-5

SC2-4

SC2-1

BK

CC20-1

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

FC23-8

BK

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

R

SC11-3

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

CC3L

MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)

FC23-5

SC3-10

G

BK
CCS4

CC4-1

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

FC23-12

Y

Y

G

BK
CC4-5

O

SC3-9

Y

B
FCS10

FC3-2

FC23-2

WR

I

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

R

CA19
-18

RG

FCS31

FC23-1
B+

CA19
-1

BK

07.1

FC7-19

RU

O

B+
FC23-10

HAZARD

CCS5

B

RG
RG

TRACTION /
STABILITY

BK
CC27 CC27
-9
-8

FCS25

SC3-8

RH SEAT
HEATER

CC1
-16

RG

RG
SC11-2

LH SEAT
HEATER

VALET

IC8

RG
RG

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

LOCATE
ILLUMINATION

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

FC24
-16

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

FC25
-21

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL PANEL

RADIO

DIMMER
OVERRIDE

ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY

INSTRUMENT
PACK

FC24
-6

Fig. 10.2

Dimmer Controlled Lighting

REAR
CIGAR LIGHTER

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

CA47R

XJ Series 2000

Steering Column Movement

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

N

13

Steering Column Movement

B+ LOGIC
FC15-80

N

38

B+ COLUMN
FC15-102

1

RW

I
FC15-41

2

WU

I

II

12

FC15-15

WR

I

I

FC15-32

WU WG
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL

YU

YU
FC15-87

NR

NR
SC3-5

FC49
-5

FC49
-3

FC49
-1

WU

BK

Y

UY

FC49
-6

U

G

S

FC50
-3

FC50
-6

FC50
-4

FC50
-1

FC50
-8

BR WU

BK

RU

U

BW

WU

O

FCS17

FC15-40

18

FC49
-2

R WU WG

FC15-90

I

SC3-6

SC9-3

100 Ω

N

BK

O

270 Ω

K

470 Ω

I

820 Ω

O

SC9-1

Y
FC15-93

UY
FC15-99

BK

BK
FCS28

BK

FC15-100

BK

YB

SCS1 SC9-7

SC2-9

BR

O

COLUMN JOY STICK

YB

SC9-5

AUTO TILT SWITCH

BK

O

I

SC3-7

FC15-91

FC15-11

RU

I
FC15-66

FC17R

U

O

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

FC15-78

BW

O

BK

BK
FCS7

O
FC4-5

FC4-4

FC15-67

–

IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC17L

FC15-52

I

U

S

21.1

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

FC15-84
+

Y

S
FC15-85

BK

BK
CCS4

YB

YB

I

FC7-18

CC13-1

CC13-3

I

FC15-58

FC15-25

NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH

CC3L

POWER

B

B
FCS10

LOGIC
POWER
FC29L

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

RHD

46

NR

24

LHD

NR
CA10-1

B+

–

U
BK

BK

BK

DDS3

CA8-8

O

G
DD3-6

DD3-7

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

CA36L
(CA33L)

21.1

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

DD10-9
+

Y

S
DD10-16

DD11-2

DD1-14

U

S

DD10-1

I
DD11-20

BK

I
DD10-8

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

9

NW
DD1-1

SET MEMORY
STATUS

RHD

23

LHD

NR

NR

O
CA8-9

UY
OG

CA13-3

WU

WU

DD1-13

I

S

I

MEMORY
POSITIONS

CA13-1

BK

I
RD10-8

BK

** I

RD11-15

WU

CA8-15

+

Y
RD10-16

RD11-22

CA13-4

U

S
RD10-9

I

OG

OG
CA8-11

–

RD11-5

UY

CA8-10

DD1-15

MEMORY SET

CA13-2

UY

DD1-2

MEMORY 3

O

O

DD1-3

MEMORY 2

B+
RD10-1

CA14-1

MEMORY 1

NOTE: Memory switches –
driver memory seat vehicles only.

45

I

BK
CA14-4

BK

** I

RD11-13

BK
RDS1

RD10-19

CA36L
(CA33L)

RD11-7

** NOTE: Module identification.

MEMORY SWITCHES

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: Powered Column Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 11.1

XJ Series 2000

Mirror Movement: Memory

N

13

B+ LOGIC

FC15-80

RW

1

U

– S

Y

+ S

FC15-41
II

BK

YB
FC7-18

CC13-1

S –

+ C

S +

– C

Y

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
21.1

21.2

CAN

21.1

21.2

CAN

FC24-11

Y

G
FC24-24

FC24-13

I

VEHICLE
SPEED

I

REVERSE
GEAR

I

INSTRUMENT PACK

FC15-58

WU WG

NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH

CC3L

RW

INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY

RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW

10.1

LOGIC

O B+
FC15-101

POWER

K

N

U

G

S

WU WG

K

N

U

G

S

DD8
-2

DD8
-6

DD8
-8

DD8
-3

DD8
-5

DD8
-10

DD8
-4

PD8
-2

PD8
-6

PD8
-8

PD8
-3

PD8
-5

PD8
-10

PD8
-4

WU

BK

O

OG

OY OG

Y

WU

BK

Y

UY

RU

U

Y

FCS13

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
MEMORY
POSITIONS
RHD

45

LHD

23

NR

NR
CA14-1

NW

9

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS

FC15-32

YB
CC13-3

U
FC24-14

FC15-85

WR

I

CCS4

21.1

FC15-15

12

BK

21.2

21.2

FC15-84

I

WU

2

21.1

SCP

SCP

Fig. 11.2

Mirror Movement: Memory

O

MEMORY 1
DD1-1

CA8-9

CA13-2

UY

MEMORY 2

CA8-10

OG

MEMORY 3
DD1-15

WU

MEMORY SET
DD1-13

WU
CA8-15

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

RD10-8

I

BK

** I

BK
RDS1

RD10-19

WU

I

BK
CA14-4

BK

** I

CA36L
(CA33L)

RD11-7

RD11-13

CA13-1

21.2

BK

I

I

RD11-15

CA13-4

21.1

RD10-16

OG

OG

Y

+ S

RD11-22

CA13-3

CA8-11

I
RD11-5

UY

UY

DD1-2

U

– S
RD10-9

O

O

DD1-3

B+
RD10-1

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

SET MEMORY STATUS

MEMORY SWITCHES
RHD

46

LHD

24

NR

NR
CA10-1

B+

U

– S

U

O

Y

+ S

FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)

RW

RG

CA8-1

DD1-4

21.1

21.2

SCP

DD10-20

I

DD1-17

SCP

WU

O

RW

21.2

DD10-16

DD11-2

DD1-14

21.1

DD10-9

DD10-1

O

I

DD11-9

DD10-22

OG

O
DD10-4

OY

I

YR

DD10-21

I

OG

O

DD11-17

DD1-16

O

DD10-3

I

Y

O

DD11-3

DD1-7

YR

DD10-2

I
DD11-10

DD1-5

MIRROR JOY STICK

OY

DRIVER

I

DD1-8

DD11-13

RHD

GB

PASSENGER

24

LHD

NR

46

DD1-18

NR
CA12-1

I
DD11-5

SCP

21.2

21.1

MIRROR
CONTROL

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH

G

BK
DD3-6

DD3-7

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

BK

21.2

21.1

Y

B

B

CAS40

CA10-3

I

MIRROR
COMMON

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

II

62
E

PD10-21

U
Y

O
PD10-2

BK

I

BK
PDS3

PD10-8

B

I

DD10-17

PD10-17

B
PDS1

B

LHD

BK
CA11-8

B

B
CAS40

CA12-3
RHD

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

CA30R

48

RU

I

I

B
CA33R

PD10-4

PD10-3

LHD

CA36L
(CA33L)

UY

O

I

B
DDS1

S +

O

BK
DD10-8

B

RHD

PD10-22

DD11-20

DD11-1

B

Y

I

PD10-16

I

BK

DDS3

S –

MIRROR
CONTROL

BK
CA8-8

PD10-20

PD10-9
SCP

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

U

WU

O

B+

PD10-1

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

B

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

D

CA30R

VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

CA33R

CA33L
(CA36L)

XJ Series 2000

Mirror Movement: Non-Memory

N

13

B+ LOGIC

–

S

+

S

U

I

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS

Y
FC15-85

FC15-41

WU

2

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
21.1

FC15-84

FC15-80

RW

1

Fig. 11.3

Mirror Movement: Non-Memory

I

II

FC15-15

WR

12

I

I

FC15-32

LOGIC

RW

INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY

10.1

RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW

O B+

POWER

N

FC15-101

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

FCS13

O
DD1-3

O

DD1-2

NOT USED

CA13-2

CA8-10

DD1-13

RD11-22

S

DD8
-2

DD8
-6

DD8
-8

DD8
-3

DD8
-5

DD8
-10

DD8
-4

PD8
-2

PD8
-6

PD8
-8

PD8
-3

PD8
-5

PD8
-10

PD8
-4

WU

BK

O

OG

OY OG

Y

WU

BK

Y

UY

RU

U

Y

WU
CA8-15

NOT USED

OG
RD11-15

CA13-4

WU

G
NOT USED

RD11-5

CA13-3

OG
CA8-11

DD1-15

N
NOT USED

UY

UY

OG

S

NOT USED

O

CA8-9

UY

G

NOT USED

WU
RD11-13

CA13-1

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

RHD

46

LHD

NR

24

NR
CA10-1

B+

–

U

S

21.1

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

DD10-9

DD10-1
+

Y

S

DD10-16

RW
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)

RW
CA8-1

NOT USED

RG
DD1-4

WU
DD10-20

I

DD1-17

DD11-9

O

NOT USED
DD10-22

OG

O
DD10-4

OY

NOT USED

YR

DD10-21

I

DD1-16

OG

O

DD11-17

O

DD10-3

I

DD1-7

Y

O

DD11-3

YR

DD10-2

I

DD1-5

DD11-10

MIRROR
CONTROL

MIRROR JOY STICK

OY

DRIVER

I

DD1-8

DD11-13

RHD

GB

PASSENGER

24

LHD

46

NR

DD1-18

NR
CA12-1

I
DD11-5

SCP

21.2

21.1

B+

U

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH

PD10-20

S –

SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

Y

NOT USED

PD10-9

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

WU

NOT USED

PD10-1

PD10-22

S +

UY

O

PD10-16

PD10-4

RU

NOT USED
PD10-21

BK
BK

BK

I
DD11-1

B

B

RHD

B

CAS40

B
CA10-3

B
DDS1

MIRROR
COMMON

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

II

62
E

BK

BK
PDS3

PD10-8

B

I

DD10-17

PD10-17

B
PDS1

B

LHD

BK
CA11-8

B

B
CAS40

CA12-3
RHD

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

CA30R

48

Y

I

I

B
CA33R

PD10-3

PD10-2

LHD

CA36L
(CA33L)

U

O
O

DD10-8

BK

DDS3

CA8-8

B

MIRROR
CONTROL

I

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

B

D

CA30R

VARIANT: Non-Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

CA33R

CA33L
(CA36L)

XJ Series 2000

Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors

46

RHD

NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutral
to operate Fold-Back Mirrors.

LHD

NR

24

NR
CA10-1

U

– S

B+

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

U

21.1

DD10-9

DD10-1

S –

Y

+ C

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

Y

21.1

DD10-16

21.1

21.2

CAN

21.1

21.2

CAN

FC24-11

FC24-14

Y

+ S

Fig. 11.4

Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors

S +

G

– C

FC24-13

FC24-24

VEHICLE
SPEED

RG

RW
DD1-4

REVERSE
GEAR

I

DD1-17

DD11-9

(FOLD-OUT)

MIRROR
CONTROL

INSTRUMENT PACK

R
YR

(FOLD-BACK)
DD1-16

O

4

CA60

DD11-17

DD1-7

CA8-13

DD1-5

DD8-1

B

I

R

3

5

N

I

YU

2

1

N

32

YR

DD11-3

YR

R

CAS35

I

YR
CA8-14

33

DD8-7

DD11-10

FOLD-BACK
MOTOR

MIRROR JOY STICK

OY

DRIVER
NEUTRAL

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

BK

I
DD11-1

B

YR

8

10

RG

7

6

B

B

RHD

CAS40

B
CA10-3

DRIVER DOOR
MIRROR

34

N

35

B

B

MIRROR
COMMON

I

DDS1

R

FOLD-OUT
RELAY

YR
CA30R

N
WU

2

WR

CA8-1

FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)

INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY

10.1

21.2

YG

SCP

21.1

21.2

PD8-7

YG

CAS41

CA11-12

PD8-12

FC15-32

YU

O

PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR

FC5-42

RG

RG
FC15-77

RW

MIRROR
TINT

SCP

YU

FC15-72

O

FC5-43

YG

O B+

FCS13

FOLD-BACK
MOTOR

FC15-85

I

I

RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW

Y

+ S

FC15-15

12

21.1

FC15-84

I

II

U

– S

B+ LOGIC
FC15-80

RW

YR
CA11-14

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

13

PD8-1

CA38R

DD10-17

B
CA33R

R
CA11-13

LHD

CA36L
(CA33L)

MIRROR
TINT

-3

N

CAS50

DD10-8

BK

DDS3

DD8-12

I

BK

B

YG

-1
9

CA60

DD11-5

MIRROR SELECT SWITCH

CA8-8

YG

-2

CA8-12

I

DD1-18

BK

CA224

DD11-13

GB

PASSENGER

FOLD-BACK
RELAY

I

DD1-8

CA55-4

FC15-101

WU

19
II

MIRROR
FOLD-BACK
CONTROL

CA55-1

YU

YU
CA55-5

FC1-11

MIRROR
TINT
AUTO
HEADLAMPS

Y
CA55-2

BT4-8

UY

DIP

YU

YU

UY

B

I

SC2-4

B
CAS40

FC15-42

CA55-3

SC2-1

SIDE

BK

BK
FCS28

SC2-9

BK

BK

DIP

SCS1

INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR

CA33R

SIDE

RW

RW
SCS2

AUTO

RW

RW
FCS9

SC2-3

I
FC15-16

FC17R

LOGIC

LIGHTING STALK

Y

POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit.

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

09.2

REVERSE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

XJ Series 2000

Driver Seat: Memory

N

13

B+ LOGIC

–

S

+

S

U

FC15-80

RW

1

WU

2
WG

17
II

CC1-5

BK
CCS4

WR

I

CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)

BK
CC1-2

OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)

CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)

O (LHD)
OY (RHD)

FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)

I

O (LHD)
OY (RHD)

Y

21.2

SCP

O

LOGIC

I

POWER

SD13
-6

SD13
-5

NG

GB

SD13
-2

SD13
-3

SD13
-1

SD4
-6

SD4
-5

SD4
-2

SD4
-3

SD4
-1

SD6
-6

SD6
-5

SD6
-2

SD6
-3

SD6
-1

SD11
-6

SD11
-5

SD11
-2

SD11
-3

SD11
-1

SD12
-6

SD12
-5

SD12
-2

SD12
-3

SD12
-1

G GO GW

NR

GB WU

UY

OG

WB

W

UY

YG WU

WB

W

WR

R

RU

WB

GR

N

UY

YB

FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)

FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)

SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L

21.1

FC15-32

FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)

FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)

OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)

SCP

SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL

FC15-15

12
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)

SEAT HEATER
STATE

21.2

FC15-85

I

II

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
21.1

FC15-84

I
FC15-41

560 Ω

Fig. 12.1

Driver Seat: Memory

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RHD

7

LHD

NR

28

B+

U

S

–

SD3-5

GW
19

GU

I

SD5-16

Y

S

+

SD3-6

G

SD5-9

SD3-8

OY

I

SD5-12

SD1-13

WB

I

SD5-14

SD1-14

W

I

SD5-4

SD1-12

WG
SD1-11

N

I

SD5-7

SD1-16

OG

I

SD5-8

SD1-15

RW

I

SD5-6

SD1-9

YR

I

SD5-13

SD1-10

B
SD5-1

B

U

B
BK

B

I

SDS3

CA23-4
CA25L
(CA26L)

O

SD1-1

O

SD1-2

O

SD1-3

O

SD1-4

O

SD1-5

O

SD1-6

O

SD1-7

O

SD1-8

O

SD2-1

O

SD2-2

O

SD2-5

O

SD2-6

I

SD2-8

BK

21.1

21.2

SCP

R
RU
OG
UY
GW
GO
YB
UY

SD2-9

I

SD2-10

I

SD2-11

I

SD2-12

O

SD2-14

O

SD2-15

O

SD2-18

O

SD2-19

O

SD3-3

O

SD3-4

WB
WB
W
GB
G
WU
UY
WR
N
NG
NR
GR
GB

SDS1

SDS2

SD3-2

BK

SDS4

CA23-8

I

I

**

SD3-1

CA25R
(CA26R)

O

SCP

I

SD5-5

SD5-3

21.2

SD3-9

I

SD5-15

21.1

SD3-10

WU
YG

DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY

** NOTE: Module identification.

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

SD5-11

O (LHD)
OY RHD)

SD14

48
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

46

LHD

24

NR

NR
CA10-1

B+

–

O

BK
CA8-8

BK
DDS3

+

NW
SET MEMORY
STATUS

DD1-14

1

2

THERMOSTAT

LHD

23

NR

O
CA8-9

UY
DD1-2

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)

CA23-3

U
SD10-1

DD1-15

CA8-11

WU
DD1-13

WU

O

B
SD10-3

7

49

Fig. 01.2

50

85

Fig. 01.3

U

21.1

21.2

SCP

Y

21.1

21.2

SCP

RD10-16

I

I

I

** I

I

** I

SCP

BK

21.1

U

S –

+

SCP

BK

BK
RDS1

BK

21.2

21.1

Y

C

FC24-14

RD10-8

RD11-7

21.2

21.1

21.2

CAN

21.1

21.2

CAN

FC24-11

Y

S +

–

G

C
FC24-24

FC24-13

CA14-4

VEHICLE
SPEED

BK
CA36L
(CA33L)

RD10-19

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

INSTRUMENT PACK

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

B
SDS3

B
CA23-4

CA25L
(CA26L)

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

** NOTE: Module identification.

MEMORY SWITCHES

Fig. 01.1

SD10-2

RD10-9

RD11-13

CA13-1

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

6

S

RD11-15

CA13-4

CA8-15

+

RD11-22

OG

WU

S

RD11-5

CA13-3

OG

–

MEMORY
POSITIONS

I

UY

B

PRESSURE SWITCH

RD10-1

CA13-2

CA8-10

MEMORY SET

SD9-3

DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER

O (LHD)
OY (RHD)

DD10-16

B+

O

UY

OG

MEMORY 3

SD9-1

OUTER

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
21.1

DD10-8

NR
CA14-1

MEMORY 2

SD7-3

INNER

O

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

45

O
DD1-3

II

R
SD7-1

SOLENOID VALVE
RHD

MEMORY 1

4

OY

U
DD1-1

II

Y

S

5

I

CA36L
(CA33L)

1

3

SDS5

DD10-9

DD11-2

BK

U

S

DD10-1

U

1

NW
NW

RHD

9

NW

VARIANT: Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered

N

13

B+ LOGIC

–

I

+

17
II

CC1-5

BK

CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)

BK

CCS4

CC1-2

OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)

CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)

I

FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)

O (LHD)
OY (RHD)

21.2

SCP

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS

21.1

I

O (LHD)
OY (RHD)

FC15-32

O

LOGIC

I

POWER

FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)

FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)

OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)

SCP

SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL

FC15-15

WR

12
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)

SEAT HEATER
STATE

21.2

FC15-85

I

II
560 Ω

WG

Y

S

FC15-41

WU

2

21.1

FC15-84

RW

1

U

S

FC15-80

FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)

FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)

SD13
-3

SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L

(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RHD

7

LHD

NR

28

B+

–

I

SD5-16

+

Y

S

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

SD4
-3

SD4
-1

SD6
-3

SD6
-1

SD11
-3

SD11
-1

SD12
-3

SD12
-1

GO GW

UY

OG

YG WU

R

RU

UY

YB

SD3-9

SD3-6

G

SD5-9

21.1

SD13
-1

SD3-10

GW
NP

U

S

SD3-5

19

Fig. 12.2

Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered

I

SD5-15

SD3-8

OY

I

SD5-12

SD1-1

WB

I

SD5-14

SD1-2

W

I

SD1-3

WG

I

SD1-4

N

I

SD1-5

OG

I

SD1-6

RW

I

YB

O
SD1-7

SD1-9

YR

I

SD5-13

GO

O

SD1-15

SD5-6

GW

O

SD1-16

SD5-8

UY

O

SD1-11

SD5-7

OG

O

SD1-12

SD5-5

RU

O

SD1-14

SD5-4

R

O

SD1-13

UY

O
SD1-8

SD1-10

B
SD5-1

WU

O

U

B

B

SD5-3

CA23-4

BK
CA25L
(CA26L)

B
SDS3

BK
CA23-8

SD3-2

I

**

SD3-4

SD3-1

** NOTE: Module identification.

CA25R
(CA26R)

O

YG

O

BK

SDS4

SD3-3

I

DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

SD14

O (LHD)
OY RHD)

SD5-11

NW

NW

48

3

5

OY

R

SDS5

SD7-1

NW

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

1

2

O

THERMOSTAT

SD7-3

INNER

SD9-1

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS

DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER

O (LHD)
OY RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)

U

SD9-3

OUTER

B

CA23-3

U
SD10-1

NOT USED
DD11-2

PRESSURE SWITCH

OR

B
SD10-3

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

U

SOLENOID VALVE

DD1-14

O

O

O
CA8-9

UY

NOT USED

CA13-2

DD1-2

CA8-10

OG
DD1-15

CA13-3

CA8-11

DD1-13

RD11-22

NOT USED

OG

OG

WU

RD11-5

UY

UY

CA13-4

WU

RD11-15

WU

CA8-15

CA13-1

RD11-13

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

B
SDS3

B
CA23-4

CA25L
(CA26L)

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

DD1-3

1

SD10-2

VARIANT: Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Driver Seat: Raise / Lower

Fig. 12.3

Driver Seat: Raise / Lower

SEAT RAISE
RELAY

B
RHD

7

28

LHD

NR

NR

GU

SD18

5

3

1

2

OG

SDS1

SD16-1

OY
19

4

B

SD17-4

UY

SD17-9
SD17-5

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

B
NR

9

SD18

10

8

6

7

UY
SD16-3

B

DRIVER SEAT MOTOR

SEAT LOWER
RELAY

N

13

B+ LOGIC
FC15-80

RW

1

I
FC15-41

WU

2

I

II

17

WG
CC1-5

BK
CCS4

WR

12

560 Ω

II

FC15-15

CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)

BK
CC1-2

OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)

CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)

FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)

3

5

OY

R
SD7-1

NW

O (LHD)
OY RHD)

OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)

NW
SDS5

FC15-32

O (LHD)
OY RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)

48

NW

I

I

O (LHD)
OY RHD)

SEAT HEATER
STATE

SD14

SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL

1

2

THERMOSTAT

SD7-3

INNER

O

FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)

I

LOGIC

SD9-3

B
SDS3

DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER

DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY

POWER

FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)

FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)

SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

O (LHD)
OY RHD)

O (LHD)
OY RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)

U

CA23-3

NOT USED
DD11-2

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

U
DD1-14

O

O

DD1-3

UY

NOT USED

O

CA8-9

CA13-2

RD11-5

UY

DD1-2

UY

CA8-10

OG

RD11-22

CA13-3

OG

DD1-15

RD11-15

CA13-4

WU

DD1-13

NOT USED

OG

CA8-11

WU

WU

CA8-15

RD11-13

CA13-1

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

B
CA23-4

OUTER

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
O

B
SD9-1

VARIANT: Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

CA25L
(CA26L)

XJ Series 2000

Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered

Fig. 12.4

Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS

N

13

–

B+ LOGIC
FC15-80

I

+

I

II

WG

17
II

CC1-5

OY (LHD)
O (RHD)

SEAT HEATER
STATE

BK

CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)

BK

CCS4

FC15-15

WR

12

CC1-2

OY (LHD)
OG (RHD)

CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)

I

OY (LHD)
O (RHD)

FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)

OY (LHD)
OG (RHD)

I

OY (LHD)
O (RHD)
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)

21.2

21.1

21.2

SCP

FC15-85

WU

2

Y

S

FC15-41

560 Ω

21.1

SCP

FC15-84

RW

1

U

S

SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL

FC15-32

O

LOGIC

I

POWER

FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)

SP13
-3

SP4
-3

SP4
-1

SP6
-3

SP6
-1

SP11
-3

SP11
-1

SP12
-3

SP12
-1

GO GW

UY

OG

WR

WU

R

RU

WU

YB

FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)

FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)

SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L

SP13
-1

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RHD

28

LHD

NR

7

B+

–

NG

I

SP5-16

+

Y

S

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

SP3-9

SP3-6

GO

SP5-9

21.1

SP3-10

GW
36

U

S

SP3-5

I

SP5-15

SP3-8

OY

I

SP5-12

SP1-1

UY

I

SP5-14

SP1-2

W

I

SP1-3

WG

I

SP1-4

RW

I

SP1-5

G

I

SP1-6

Y

I

YB

O
SP1-7

SP1-9

N

I

SP5-13

GO

O

SP1-15

SP5-6

GW

O

SP1-16

SP5-8

UY

O

SP1-11

SP5-7

OG

O

SP1-12

SP5-5

RU

O

SP1-14

SP5-4

R

O

SP1-13

WU

O
SP1-8

SP1-10

B
SP5-1

WU

O

B

U

SP3-3

I
SP3-2

SP5-3

WR

O
SP3-4

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY

O

SP14

SP5-11

48

NW

NW

3

5

OY

2

OY (LHD)
O RHD)

SPS5

NW

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

1

R
SP7-1

THERMOSTAT

SP7-3

INNER

OY (LHD)
O RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)

SP9-3

OUTER

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS

OY (LHD)
O RHD)

B
SP9-1

PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER

CA27-3

U
SP10-1

PRESSURE SWITCH

OR

B
SP10-3

SPS3

SP10-2

SOLENOID VALVE

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

B
CA27-4

CA26L
(CA25L)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

1

B

VARIANT: Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB

N

13

B+ LOGIC

–

RW

1

+

2
17
II

CC1-5

BK

12

CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)

BK

CCS4

I

OY (LHD)
O (RHD)

SEAT HEATER
STATE

CC1-2

OY (LHD)
OG (RHD)

CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)

OY (LHD)
O (RHD)

FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)

OY (LHD)
OG (RHD)

SCP

21.2

SCP

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS

21.1

SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL

FC15-15

WR

21.2

FC15-85

I

II
560 Ω

Y

S

FC15-41

WG

21.1

FC15-84

I

WU

U

S

FC15-80

I

OY (LHD)
O (RHD)
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)

FC15-32

O

LOGIC

FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)

POWER

I
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)

FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)

SP13
-3

SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RHD

28

LHD

NR

7

B+

–

GW
NG

NG
SPS7

+

SP5-9

Y

S

21.2

SCP

21.1

21.2

SCP

SP4
-3

SP4
-1

GO GW

UY

OG

SP6
-3

SP6
-1

SP11
-3

SP11
-1

SP12
-3

SP12
-1

WR WU

R

RU

WU

YB

SP3-9

SP3-6

GO

21.1

SP13
-1

SP3-10

I

SP5-16

U

S

SP3-5

36

Fig. 12.5

Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB

I

SP5-15

SP3-8

OY

I

SP5-12

UY

SP1-1

I

SP5-14

W

SP1-2

I

WG

SP1-3

I

RW

RW

G
Y
N

SP1-7

I

SPS9

YB

O

SP1-9

N
SP5-13

SP1-6

I

SPS11

GO

O

SP1-15

Y
SP5-6

SP1-5

I

SPS10

GW

O

SP1-16

G
SP5-8

SP1-4

I

SPS8

UY

O

SP1-11

SP5-7

OG

O

SP1-12

SP5-5

RU

O

SP1-14

SP5-4

R

O

SP1-13

WU

O
SP1-8

SP1-10

B
SP5-1

WU

O

U

B

SP3-3

I
SP3-2

SP5-3

WR

O
SP3-4

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY

O

SP14

SP5-11

49

NW

NW

3

5

SPS5

NW

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

1

2

R

OY
OY (LHD)
O RHD)

SP7-1

THERMOSTAT

SP7-3

INNER

B
SP9-1

OUTER

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS

OY (LHD)
O RHD)

OY (LHD)
O RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)

RW
NG

NG

SP19-1

SP10-1

PRESSURE SWITCH

Y
O

SP25-2

B
SP19-9

U

SP25-1

SP19-6

R

PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER

CA27-3

N

RW

SP19-10

SP25-5

SP9-3

SP19-7

B

B
SP10-3

SP10-2

SOLENOID VALVE

SP20-1

G
SP25-7

SP20-6

10.2

R

R

SP25-6

B

B
SP20-9

PPS1

RW

RW

SP20-10

SP25-9

DIMMER
CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SP20-7

SP25-8

PASSENGER SEAT
RECLINE REAR SWITCH

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

B
CA27-4

CA26L
(CA25L)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

RW
NG

B

SP25-3

PASSENGER SEAT
FORE / AFT REAR SWITCH

NG

SPS3

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat

N

13

Fig. 12.6

Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat

B+ LOGIC
FC15-80

RW

1

I
FC15-41

WU

2

I

II

17
II

CC1-5

WR

12

560 Ω

WG

FC15-15

I

I

SEAT HEATER
STATE

O
CC1-8

FC15-32

O

O

OG
CC1-7

O
FC15-69

FCS12

FC7-5

OG

I
FC15-86

FC7-4

LH SEAT
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL

560 Ω
SEAT HEATER
STATE

OY
CC1-14

BK

OY

BK

CCS4

OY

CC1-2

CC1-13

OY
FCS14

FC7-14

O
FC15-17

OY

I

LOGIC
POWER

FC15-35

FC7-13

RH SEAT
CC3L

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SP14

49

NW

NW

3

O

7

49

Fig. 01.2

1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

OY

62
E

1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

INNER

B
SP9-1

SP9-3

PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER

(LHD)

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

B
CA27-4

OUTER

CA27-3

I

Fig. 01.4

SP7-3

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS

FC1-8

Fig. 01.1

O

2

THERMOSTAT

PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY

OY

6

1

(RHD)

FC5-44

1

R
SP7-1

NW
O

OY

5

SPS5

VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

CA26L (LHD)
CA25L (RHD)

XJ Series 2000

Rear Seats: Powered

LH REAR SEAT

BS4-17

NR

57

Fig. 12.7

Rear Seats: Powered

RH REAR SEAT

B+
BS2-4

NW

59

B

B+
BS2-6

Y
NW

61

NW

60

LH LUMBAR
INFLATE CIRCUIT

BS1-10

B

B+ LUMBAR
BS2-12

BS6-9

BC8-1

Y

Y

BC8-10

R

BC8-6

BS4-16

BS21-1

I
BS1-11

BS21-3

WU

BC8-9

UY

BX3-1

BX3-3

GW

GO

BS22-1

RW

BS22-3

BB3-1

BB3-3

UY

GW

GO

B
BC8-7

LOCATE

WU

O
BS6-3

LH LUMBAR SWITCH

UY

O

BS3-3

BS6-4

OY
NW

62

BC3-1

OY
BS4-7

UY

UY

BC3-10

R

BC3-6

BS4-6

BS5-4

GO

O
BS6-6

I
BS7-18

BS5-3

BS6-5

I
BS7-19

BS3-4

GW

O

RW

O

BC3-9

BS6-8

B

UY

O
BC3-7

LOCATE

BS6-7

GW

O

LH FORE / AFT SWITCH

BS6-11

GR

O
BS6-12

YG
NW

63

BC4-1

YG
BS4-8

Y

Y

BC4-10

R

BC4-6

I
BS7-16

BS4-9

I
BS10

BS7-17

BC4-9

58

B

NW

8

OY

OY

10

BS3-6
BC4-7

Y

LOCATE

6

B
BX4-3

B
BXS1

BX4-2

B

7

SOLENOID VALVE

LH HEADREST SWITCH

OG
BX4-1

LH LUMBAR
DEFLATE RELAY

RW
NW

64

BC6-1

RW
BS4-12

RW

RW

BC6-10

R

BC6-6

PRESSURE SWITCH

I
BS7-20

BS4-13

LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
I

BS7-8

OG

O

BC6-9

BS6-10

BS3-5

B
BC6-7

LOCATE

OY

O

RH LUMBAR SWITCH

OY

BS6-2

B
BB4-3

BS5-6

BB4-2

B
BBS1

SOLENOID VALVE

RW
NW

65

BC5-1

RW
BS4-11

R

BC5-6

BS4-10

OY

O

BS7-10

RW

RW

BC5-10

I

OY

BS6-1

BB4-1

BS5-5

I

BS5-2

PRESSURE SWITCH

BS7-9

BS3-2

BC5-9

RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

B
BC5-7

RH FORE / AFT SWITCH

NOTE: Wires used only for
mechanical strength.

B
GW
NW

BC7-1

GW
BS4-14

R

BC7-6

BS7-14

BS4-15

I

BS2-3

BC7-9
BCS1

BS2-5
BC7-7

CA109-8

B

I

B

B

B

I

BS7-15

B

R

BSS5

BS1-22

I

GW

GW

BC7-10

BCS2

B

B
BS1-12

66

B

LOCATE

B

CA109-3

CA109-9

LOCATE

BS4-18
CA39L

RH HEADREST SWITCH

R
CA109-12

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

1

10.2

B

R

II

6
4
II

CA38L

B
BS4-3

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1

B

CA39R

REAR SEAT CONTROL
MODULE

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Rear Seats

R

10.2

R

R

CA109-12

BS4-18

R

R

RU

BS3-1

NR

42

BX1-1

R
BS8-3

II

BS8-4

LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER

STATE
BC1-1

BS4-2

R

BS8-2
BCS2

TIMER

B
BS3-2

BC1-10

U

B

B
BXS1

BX5-3

R

U
BS8-5

B
BX5-1

BSS2

BS4-1

WU

BX1-3

LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER

BS8-1

R

20

Fig. 12.8

Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Rear Seats

B
BC1-9

BC1-7
LOCATE

LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER

LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH

RU

R

RU

BS5-1

NR

43

BB1-1

RU
BS9-3

RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER

BS9-1

BSS4

RU

BC2-10

OG

WU

II

BS9-5
BS9-4

BBS1

BB5-3

B
BS5-2

RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER

STATE

OG
BC2-1

BS4-5

B

B

B
BB5-1

RU
BS4-4

21

BB1-3

R

BS9-2

B
BC2-7

BC2-9

TIMER

B
BCS1

B
BS4-3

LOCATE

RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER

RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
BSS5

B
CA109-3

B
CA38L

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: Powered / Heated Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

Rear Seat Heaters

R

10.2

Fig. 12.9

Rear Seat Heaters

R
CA109-12

R

R
BS13-1

NR

42

R
BS8-3

BS8-1

R

U

WU

BS8-5
BS8-4

B
BC1-10

BS11-10

II

STATE

U
R

BS8-2
BSS6

TIMER

B
BX5-1

BC1-6

BX5-3

B
BS13-3

LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER

B
BS11-5

BC1-4

BS11-4

B

BX1-3

LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER

BSS2

R

22

RU
BX1-1

R

B
BC1-9

BS11-9

BC1-5

B
BS11-6

LOCATE

LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER

LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH

RU

R
BS15-1

NR

43

RU
BS9-3

BS9-1

RU

OG

WU

BS9-5
BS9-4

STATE

BC2-6

B

B
BB5-1

BB5-3

BS15-3

RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER

B

B
BC2-10

BS12-10

II

BB1-3

RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER

BSS4

RU

23

RU
BB1-1

BS12-5

OG
BC2-4

BS12-4

B

R

BS9-2
TIMER

R

B

B
BC2-5

BC2-9

BS12-9

BS12-6

LOCATE

RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER

RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH

BSS5

B
CA109-3

B
CA38L

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

BK

BK
FCS7

O

FC4-5

Central Door Locking: ROW

I

FC4-4

WU

I

W

BK
CCS5

YG

CC1-16

CC1-15

YG

WR

CC3R

CC1-6

N

B+

YU

I

YR

8

10

B
NG

B

7

6

OY

9

OY

29

NW

B
NW

10

8

YG

NW

6

7

YR

9

BT6-2

B

-15
BTS19

-13

O
BT43-1

BT43-2

-12

FC14-4

YU
BT4-38

TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH

FC17L

U

– S

+

FASCIA SWITCH PACK

BT4-39

S

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

46

LHD

NR

24

NR
CA10-1

B+

–

U

21.1

SCP

21.2

SCP

8

Y

S

21.1

SCP

21.2

SCP

YG
LOCK STATUS

I

DD3-2

YR

DD11-4

BK

DD3-9

G
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

CA36L
(CA33L)

DD11-20

21.1

B

B

CA36L
(CA33L)

CA46-4

CAS40

RD10-6

B

RD10-8

RD3-2

RD11-7

46

CA12-1

YG
LOCK STATUS

BK
CA11-8

BK

PDS3

PD10-1

PD3-2

PD3-6

PD11-20

I

–

LHD

B

CAS40
RHD

B

B

PDS1

S

1
II

4
II

21.2

Y

21.1

21.2

CA33L
(CA36L)

SCP

SCP

RP10-6

CA45-4

RP3-2

SCP

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR

21.2

21.1

U

S –

DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL

S +

I

RP10-9
SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

G

I

YG

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR

23

LHD

RP10-16

RP3-6

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH

BK

BK
RPS1

RP10-8

B

I

B
RPS2

RP10-17

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

7

49

Fig. 01.2

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

RHD

BK
RP3-5

RP11-20

VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

BK
CA16-4

B
CA16-3
CA33R
(CA36R)

Fig. 01.1
1

21.1

YG

45

CA16-1

RP10-1

O

RP3-1

I

CA30R

6

YB

CA11-8

NR

NR

B+

RP10-5

PD10-17

B
CA33R

U

O

RP3-3

PD10-16

B

B
CA12-3

PDS3

PD3-1

PD10-9
+

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

BK

YB

S

PD10-8

B

PD3-9

BK

DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL

BK

YG
CA11-4

Y

PD10-6

I

PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH

CA33L
(CA36L)

CA36L
(CA33L)

BK

PD3-3

PD10-5

G

PD3-7

B
CA14-3

** NOTE: Module identification.

Y

O

B+

O

BK

B
RDS2

RD10-17

PD3-8

24

BK
CA14-4

CA36R
(CA33R)

NR

NR

BK
RDS1

B

I

YU
LHD

BK

** I
RD10-19

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

CA30R

RHD

BK

** I
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR

DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR

DD10-17

B
CA33R

RD3-6

BK

I

I

DDS1

CA10-3

LHD

RHD

DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH

YG

YG

45

LHD

BK
RD3-5

O

RD3-1

23

I

B

B

G
RD11-20

RD10-5

YB

DD3-1

NR
CA14-1

DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL

O

RD3-3

BT24*

S +

DD10-8
RHD

NR

B+

I

CA8-8

DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL

BK

21.2

Y
RD10-16

BK

DD3-3

I

DD3-6

DD3-7

BTS18

* NOTE: BT22L,
Premium ICE vehicles.

RD10-1

DDS3

YB
DD10-6

BK

DDS3

BK
BT1-14

S –

CA8-4

BK
CA8-8

U

Y

DD10-5

O

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

YG

Y

O

KEY BARREL

BK

21.1

BK

DD3-8

I

DD3-11

I

RD10-9

DD11-12

OY

UNLOCK

DD3-12

21.2

DD10-9

GU

S +

BK

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

S

DD10-1

DD3-10

I

BT1-8

DD10-16

LOCK

TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH

S –

BK

+

NW

BK
BT42-2

BT1-13

Y

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

RHD

BT41-2

BT42-1

I

U

FC15-85

POWER

BT2-3

BT1-16

Y

BT41-1

RG

I

BT2-19

FC15-84

LOGIC

I
BT2-7

YR

CA8-5

FC15-5

BK

RW
BTS24

BT2-5

DOOR LOCKING
RELAY

I

FC14-1

RW

I

YR
FCS7

TRUNK SWITCH

TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR

YU

YR

O
BT1-1

B
BT28L

CA31L

BRD

-14

CAS16

FC15-58

BT6-1

CA11-5

BK

BT34

W

FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY

CA223

CA50

I

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

BK

O
I

-11

FC7-18

BT33
-2

BT1-2

CAS37

CC13-1

53

BT1-15

FC1-47

CCS4

CC13-3

NW

B+

BT33
-1

YR

O
FC15-71

YB

O

B

FC7-16 FC15-55

YB

O

FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY

BT23

B

BK

51

BT16-1

CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK

CC3L

O

13

VALET SWITCH

BK

1

BT1-10

CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL

YU

CC1-2

I

FC15-80

BK

2

FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR

12

FC15-32

FC7-15 FC15-63

CENTRAL LOCKING
SWITCH

B

KEY FOB
ANTENNA

NG

BT16-2

10

FC15-33

I

B
NG

4

II

I

BK

5

BTS27

II

I

3

2

FC15-15

(INERTIA
SWITCH)

BW

BT23

1

FC15-41

IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC17L

RW

I

FC15-67

Fig. 13.1

Central Door Locking: ROW

CA33L
(CA36L)

XJ Series 2000

BK

BK
FCS7

O

FC4-5

Central Door Locking: NAS

I

FC4-4

WU

I

BK
CCS5

YG

CC1-16

CC1-15

YG

W

FC7-15 FC15-63

CC3R

FC15-33

WR

CC1-6

YU

I

N

YR

8

10

B
NG

B

7

6

OY

9

OY

B
NW

10

8

YG

NW

6

7

YR

9

NW

B

-15
BTS19

O
BT43-1

BT43-2

FCS7

FC14-4

FC14-1

FC15-5

21.1

21.2

SCP

YU
BT4-38

LOGIC

21.1

21.2

SCP

I

BT41-2

BT2-3

YR
BT4-39
SCP

21.2

21.1

SCP

21.2

21.1

BK

RG

I

BT2-7

BT42-1

I

U

S –

I

S +

I

BK
BT1-13

Y

FC15-85

BT42-2

TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH

BT2-19

BT1-16

Y

+ S

BT41-1

DOOR LOCKING
RELAY

FC15-84

TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH

FC17L

U

BK

RW
BTS24

BT2-5

YR
S

RW

I

CA8-5
–

TRUNK SWITCH

TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR

YU

I

O
BT1-1

B

-12
BT28L

CA31L

BRD
BT6-2

-13

CAS16

FC15-58

BT6-1

-14

I

YR

BT34

W

FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY

CA223

CA50

CA11-5

BK

O
I

NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH

BK

BK

BT1-8

BTS18

BT1-14

BK

POWER

FASCIA
SWITCH PACK

BT24*

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

NR

24

NR

B+

CA10-1

–

* NOTE: BT22L,
Premium ICE vehicles.

U

S

DD10-1

21.1

SCP

21.2

SCP

GU

8

DD3-10

Y

S

21.1

SCP

21.2

SCP

YG
LOCK STATUS

I

U

21.1

Y

DD3-9

CA46-4

Y

RD3-2

RD3-3

BK
CA8-8

BK

DDS3

G

RD10-5

DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR

DD11-20

RD10-8

RD11-7

DDS1

YG
LOCK STATUS

PD3-2

PD10-1

PD3-6

PD3-7

B

PDS1

PDS3

YG

YG
CA45-4

Y

RP3-2

O

RP3-3

DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL

–

I

+

U

S

21.1

21.2

SCP

PD10-9

Y

S

21.1

21.2

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR

CA33L

NR

B+

RP10-5

NR

G

I

BK
RP3-5

RP11-20

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

U

S –

SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

S +

BK

I

RP10-16

I

BK
RPS1

RP10-8

B

I

PD10-17

B
RPS2

RP10-17

CA33R

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

BK
CA16-4

B
CA16-3

CA33L
CA33R

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

1

RP3-6

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH

RP10-9

PD10-16

45

CA16-1

RP10-1

DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL

CA11-8

B

B
CA12-3

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

BK

PD10-8
CAS40

YG

BK

I
PD11-20

BK
B

PD3-9

PD3-3

PD10-5

PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH

CA33L

** NOTE: Module identification.

CA11-4

Y

O

B+

G

BK

PDS3

CA36L

BK

PD3-8

BK

B
CA36R

NR
CA12-1

BK
CA14-4

CA14-3

DD10-17

YU

CA11-8

B
RDS2

RD10-17

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

NR

B

I
I

CA30R

BK

BK
RDS1

I

B

B

46

BK
RD10-19

DD10-8

CA10-3

BK

** I

DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR

CA36L

** I
BK

B

BK

I

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH

CA36L

RD3-6

DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH

CA8-8

I

DD3-6

DD3-7

BK
RD3-5

RD11-20

O

BK
BK

G

I

BK

DD3-3

23

DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL

DDS3

YG

NR
CA14-1

S +

RD10-16

YG

DD10-5

21.2

NR

B+
RD10-1

CA8-4

DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

YG

Y

O

KEY BARREL

S –

BK

DD3-8

I
DD11-4

DD3-11

DD3-2

YR

DD11-12

OY

UNLOCK

DD3-12

21.1

RD10-9

DD10-16

LOCK

21.2

DD10-9
+

NW

BT33
-2

BT1-2

-11

29

FC7-18

53

BT1-15

FC1-47

CAS37

CC13-1

NW

B+

BT33
-1

YR

O

CCS4

CC13-3

O

B

FC15-71

YB

O

FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY

BT23

FC7-16 FC15-55

YB

51

BT16-1

B

BK

O

13

CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK

CC3L

1

FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR

I

VALET SWITCH

BK

2

BT1-10

CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL

YU

CC1-2

12

FC15-80

BK

B

KEY FOB
ANTENNA

NG

II

B+

CENTRAL LOCKING
SWITCH

B
NG

4

BT16-2

10

FC15-32

I

5

BTS27

II

I

BK

3

2

FC15-15

(INERTIA I
SWITCH)

BW

BT23

1

FC15-41

IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC17L

RW

I

FC15-67

Fig. 13.2

Central Door Locking: NAS

XJ Series 2000

Wash / Wipe System

Fig. 14.1

Wash / Wipe System

RW
EM72-11

WG

34
II

EM72-6

13

N

B+ LOGIC
FC15-80

17

NW

3

5

B+ MOTORS

R

R

CA55-6

NO CODES

R

FC1-1

G

GR

EM72-7

EM3-16

W

W

CA55-7

I

1

5

FC1-43

EM72-9

BK

INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR

BK
EMS36

EM3-14

FC15-18

EM3-6

GU
EM72-4

YB

O

GW

EM72-3

EM72-12

POWERWASH
PUMP

LF6-10

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

GO

GW

RAIN SENSOR

FC15-6

EM3-13

YB
FC5-25

Y

Y

FC15-26

LF44-3

LF3-31

FC5-47

YG

O

YB
LF3-23

Y

I

GU

EM8L

YG

B
LF44-2

LF3-D

FC5-F

WU

WU

II

GR

GR
FCS40

GO

GO

GO

GW

GO

FCS42

GU

GU

FLICK WIPE

71

I

WG

3

5

B
NG

NG

1

2

WG

LF11

I

4

FC15-94

GU
FCS43

SC1-7

LFS2

FC15-34

GW

SC1-5

LF19L

NG

I
FC15-37

FCS41

SC1-6

SLOW WIPE

LFS15

B

SC1-8

FAST WIPE

LF44-1

WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP
AND
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

GR
WASH

SC1-9

FLUID LEVEL

YG

RAIN SENSING MODULE

5

LF43-1

POWERWASH RELAY (#4)

EM2-2

GO

EM72-2

EM3-17

LF43-2

2

FC15-15

GR

EM72-5

B

LF6-1

#7 30A

G

FC1-41

W

WU

II

EM72-1

G

CA55-8

2

EM3-15

YR

5

FC15-104

LFS10

I

B

FC15-9

INTERMITTENT
WIPE

WIPER RUN / STOP
RELAY
FC15-43

LF18

WG

WG

O

FC5-26

LF3-24

560 Ω

WG

3

5

U
R

NG

1

2

BG

LF12
1.3 ΚΩ

WASH / WIPE
CONTROL

2.7 ΚΩ

4

DELAY
5.1 ΚΩ

WIPER FAST / SLOW
RELAY

11 ΚΩ

BG

O
51 ΚΩ

FC15-19

BG
FC5-27

LF3-25

WASH / WIPE STALK

FAST

BW

UY

DIP

YU

B

B
EMS11

SC2-4

N

SLOW

BR

EM33-4

R

R
EM33-3

EM51-3

U

U
EM33-2

EM51-4

SC2-1

BK
FCS28

BK

BK

DIP

SCS1

SC2-9

RW

NLG

SIDE

BK

SIDE

RW

RW
SCS2

AUTO

RW

RW
FCS9

SC2-3

I

EM17

PARK SWITCH

FC15-16

LIGHTING STALK

RW

I

FC17R

FC15-60

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

WIPER MOTOR

RW
EM3-4

LOGIC
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

RW

POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

EMS50

EM33-1

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Window Lifts, Sliding Roof

Y

Y

Y

CA8-16

DD1-12

FC5-1

I

O

I

WINDOW
LIFT
O
CONTROL

FC15-89

REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH

RW

1

FC15-41

WU

2
BO
DRIVER SIDE UP

DD11-22

DRIVER SIDE DOWN

I

CC3R

DD11-6

BW
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN

YG
21.2

U

SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

I
CA64-5

CA64-6

BO
DRIVER UP

I

DD1-9

DD1-10

PASSENGER UP

DD1-21

21.2

21.1

U

S –

SCP

I

21.2

21.1

Y

S +

53

BR

BK

BK
BTS18

BT1-14

* NOTE: BT22L, Premium ICE vehicles.

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL

DD1-24

FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

SCP

21.2

21.1

U

S FC24-14

CA8-8

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

S +

GU

LOCK

8

OY

I

DD3-11

U

– S

DD11-4

KEY BARREL

NR

O

BK

BK
DDS3

NR

NR

BK

II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

Y

S +

U

U

O

DD16-2

OY

RD16-1

NR

I

DD16-1

WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR

WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR

BO

NW

RD11-6

O

CA12-3

PDS1

49
E

48
II

62
E

RD1-5

WINDOW DOWN

BK

I

10

RD1-3

DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK

BK

I

RD10-7

RD11-7

BK

BK
RDS1

B

BK
CA14-4

B
RDS2

B
CA14-3

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

U

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

U

Y

+ S

I

21.1

21.2

SCP

SCP

21.2

21.1

Y

NOT USED

U

PD11-8

PD10-15

PD10-8

PD10-17

O

U

U

O

PD16-2

PD10-7

OY

RP16-1

R

O

1

19
I

NG

RP11-6

WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL

O

RP1-1

WINDOW UP

RP1-5

WINDOW DOWN

RP11-21

PD16-1

WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR

WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR

RP16-2

BK

I

B

I

RP10-7

RP10-17

BK

BK
RPS1

RP10-8

O

B
CA16-3
CA33R
(CA36R)

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK

CA16-4

B
RPS2

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

Input

41

RP1-3

BG

I

RP10-15

R

I

Fig. 01.4

45

RP11-15

OY

O

I

RP11-8

NOT USED

CA36L
(CA33L)

BO

I

U

U

CA36R
(CA33R)

CA16-1

RP10-1

S +

NR

NR

B+

RP10-16

PD11-15

WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL

I

Fig. 01.5

S –
RP10-9

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

II

WINDOW UP

BG

I

** I

U

CA33R
(CA30R)

5

RD1-1

RD10-8

O

RD16-2

PD10-16

B

B

23

CA14-1

I

RD10-15

R

PD10-9

BK
PDS3

CA11-8

4

21.1

R

– S

B+
PD10-1

PD11-21

BK

Fig. 01.2

21.2

** I

PD11-6

B

49

SCP

RD10-1

RD10-17

BG

7

SCP

NR

B+

** NOTE: Module identification.

PD1-5

Fig. 01.1

S –

I

BO

6

U

DD10-17

PD1-1

CA33L
(CA36L)

21.1

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

NG

B

21.2

RD10-19

B
DDS1

CA12-1

CAS40

21.2

O

I

CA30R
(CA33R)

PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK

SCP

DD10-8

B

46

WINDOW DOWN

21.1

OY

DD10-7

WINDOW UP

CAN

B+
DD10-1

O

PD1-3

SCP

RD10-16

DD10-15

40

21.2

RD11-21

NR

CA10-3

21.1

FC24-24

WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL

CA10-1

CA36L
(CA33L)

21.2

DD10-16

CA8-8

G

– C

RD10-9

Y

+ S

B

21.1

DD10-9

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

BK

CAN

DD11-12

UNLOCK

24

21.2

I

DD3-10
DD3-12

21.1

FC24-11

INSTRUMENT PACK

CA36L

NW

Y

+ C

VEHICLE
SPEED

FC24-13

BK

II

BT24*

BK
DDS3

1

BK

I

DD11-7

1Κ Ω

1

CA30L

BT6-2

I

I

DD1-22

ROOF CONSOLE

B

BT34

BT1-13

PASSENGER DOWN

CAS46

BRD

REMOTE
ALL
CLOSE

I

CLOSE

SLIDING ROOF
SWITCH

W

I

DD10-19

SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE

B

BT6-1

DD10-10

N

NW
BT1-15

BT1-8

CA53-6

CA64-3

B+

BT1-16

BG
DRIVER DOWN

SCP

DD10-18

CA53-1

B

I
BT33
-2

WR

CA53-5

OG

I

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

NW

BK

OPEN

OY

POWER

BT33
-1

DD1-1

SLIDING
ROOF
CONTROL

DD11-21

REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

9

SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR

SR2-3

LOGIC

S +

U

O

13

FC15-85

I

DD1-19

O

O

KEY FOB
ANTENNA

S –
FC15-84

CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK

N

FC15-63

21.1

I
CA64-2

FC5-29

I

FC7-15

47

CA64-1

YG

FC15-47

NR

B+

FC15-80

(INERTIA
SWITCH)

FC15-33

YG
CC1-15
SCP

I

DD1-23

BK

CCS5 CC1-16

BW
PASSENGER SIDE UP

BK

DD11-15

DD1-6

I
CA64-4

YG

B+

I

II

YG

YB
FC5-30

SR2-1

FC15-15

W

10

YB
FC15-46

I

II

CENTRAL LOCKING
SWITCH

I

DD1-11

Fig. 15.1

Window Lifts, Sliding Roof

CA33L
(CA36L)

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

19
I

XJ Series 2000

Standard In-Car Entertainment

Fig. 16.1

Standard In-Car Entertainment

RADIO
ANTENNA

NG

20

RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS

B+
IC10-1

NG

21

CA7

CA3
B+

NO CODE

IC10-2

W

25
CAN

21.2

21.1

Y

I

C +

21.2

21.1

B

FC24-24

OY
FC25-20

OY

OY
FC5-6

I

IC1-5

GB

O

IC11-1

GB

IC11-18

IC1-14

GB

BT19-6
BT19-4

BT4-6

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10.2

B

NOT USED

BTS19

R

R

U

RADIO TELEPHONE

GO
UY
UY
IC1-4

IC11-5

IC10-12

WG
BO

IC1-10

IC11-7

IC10-11

WU
OY

YU
RW
SC3-2

RW
FC5-36

RW
IC1-3

CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)

IC3-6

YU

IC10-3

CASSETTE

RW

YR

PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)

YR
WU

WU
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)

BO

YR

I
IC11-2

IC3-12

RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)
RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)

WU
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)

OY
YU

DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)

YU

YU
W
IC19-2

IC5-2

VOLUME +

B

20 Κ Ω

IC19-5

VOLUME –

IC5-5

BO

BO
SW1-6

SW2-6

CA56
-1

R

CASSETTE
SW4-2

BK

BO

IC19-3

IC5-3

WU

OY
YU

OY

WU

BO

AUDIO
NETWORK

IC19-4

RD6
RD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

RD5
RD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

PD5
PD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

PD6
PD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

RP6
RP6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

RP5
RP5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

IC5-4

IC19-6

IC5-6

Y
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

DD6
DD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

U

FC17R

STEERING WHEEL

CA56
-2

DD5
DD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

NOT USED

G

FCS28

SC3-12

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

IC19-7

FRONT DOOR
TWEETER

IC5-7

FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS

REAR DOOR
MID-BASS

O
IC19-1

IC5-1

LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS

B
IC19-8

IC5-8

CD AUTO-CHANGER

B
IC10.6

NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation – refer to Fig. 17.2 for CD Auto-Changer circuit.
IC8

RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
II

BO

IC3-11
6.8 Κ Ω

1

BO

RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)

CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)

IC3-5

SEEK

1

BO

Y
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)

CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)

IC3-7

OY

SW1-2

WU

BO

IC3-8

IC10-8

SW2-2

YR

BW

IC10-4

PY

RD5
RD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)

WU

SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω

RD6 RDP
-1
-1
(RHD) (RHD)

CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)

IC3-4

BW

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

MODE

DD6
DD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)

IC3-3

GW

RT2-9

DD5
DD5
-2
-1
(RHD) (RHD)

IC11-19

GW

GW

17.1

IC10-5

YR

UY

RT2-7

RADIO TELEPHONE

CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)

IC3-2

BO

IC1-8

UY

17.1

IC11-17

UY

RT2-3

RADIO TELEPHONE

IC10-10

WG

IC1-7

UY

17.1

IC11-4

UY

RT2-1

RADIO TELEPHONE

YR

IC1-6

UY

17.1

RP5
RP5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

Y

Y
IC3-1

U

RT2-2

RP6
RP6
-2
-1
(LHD) (LHD)

IC3-10

IC10-9

U

PD6
PD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

YR
Y

17.1

PD5
PD5
-2
-1
(LHD) (LHD)

Y

IC3-9

RG

RG

CA54
-2

Y
IC11-20

IC11-21

RADIO TELEPHONE

CA54
-1

BT28L

ANTENNA
MOTOR

INSTRUMENT PACK

DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

REAR DOOR
TWEETER

BT19-3

C –
VEHICLE O
SPEED

REAR DOOR
MID-BASS

NG

52

G

FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS

IC10-7

FC24-11
CAN

FRONT DOOR
TWEETER

B+

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

REAR DOOR
TWEETER

XJ Series 2000

Premium In-Car Entertainment

RADIO
ANTENNA

NG

20

IC10-1

CA3

CA7

B+

W

25
21.2

21.1

Y

IC10-7

21.2

21.1

G

BT19-3

B

C –
FC24-24

GB

O

OY

VEHICLE O
SPEED

OY

OY

FC25-20

FC5-6

IC1-5

GB

IC1-14

IC11-18

I

GB

BT19-6

B

BT19-4

BT4-6

IC11-1

NOT USED

BTS19
CA54
-1

BT28L

CA54
-2

ANTENNA
MOTOR

INSTRUMENT PACK

Y
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10.2

R

R

NR

54

NR
ICS1

IC11-20

RG

RG

YR

Y

RADIO TELEPHONE

17.1

RADIO TELEPHONE

17.1

RADIO TELEPHONE

17.1

U

U

U

RT2-2

IC11-17

IC11-5

IC1-8

UY

IC11-19

RT2-9

RD5
RD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

YR

WU

BO

BO

YR

Y
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)

CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)

BO

YR
WU

WU
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)

BO

BO

RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)

CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)

IC3-4

IC5-5

IC19-3

IC5-3

GW

GW

RD6
RD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

R

IC1-4

GW

DD6
DD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)

WG

IC31-13

IC19-5

UY

RT2-7

YR

IC3-3

IC5-2

B

CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)

IC3-2

IC31-14

IC19-2

UY

RT2-3

17.1

W

IC1-7

UY

YR
IC31-6

WG

UY

UY

UY

TELEPHONE
MUTE

IC30-7

DD5
DD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

Y

Y
IC3-1

IC11-4

IC1-6

GO

UY
RT2-1

RADIO TELEPHONE

IC11-6

RP5
RP5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

IC3-10

Y

IC30-9
IC31-16

17.1

RP6
RP6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

YR

IC31-8

B+

PD6
PD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

Y

IC3-9

IC30-3

PD5
PD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

Y

IC31-18

B+

NR
IC11-21

RADIO TELEPHONE

REAR DOOR
TWEETER

NG

52

FC24-11
CAN

REAR DOOR
MID-BASS

B+

I

C +

FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS

‘A’ POST
TWEETER

NO CODE

IC10-2

CAN

RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS

B+

NG

21

Fig. 16.2

Premium In-Car Entertainment

G

IC1-10

IC11-7

AUDIO
NETWORK

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

IC19-4

R

IC5-4

U

R

IC19-6

U

IC5-6

Y

U
BT52-2

IC2-6

IC31-10

IC19-7

BT52-1

IC2-5

IC31-2

IC5-7

O
CASSETTE

IC19-1

PY
MODE

SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω

RW
SW2-2

RW
SC3-2

SW1-2

RW
FC5-36

RW
IC1-3

Y

IC5-1

B

I
IC11-2

Y

IC19-8

BT53-1

IC2-7

IC31-11

W

IC5-8

W
BT53-2

IC2-8

IC31-3

B

SEEK
IC10-6

6.8 Κ Ω

VOLUME+

SUB-WOOFER

RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT

20 Κ Ω

IC8

BW

CASSETTE

VOLUME –

BO

BO
SW2-6

SW4-2

IC3-8

IC31-12

SW1-6

BK

BO

WU

FCS28

SC3-12

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

O
FC17R

STEERING WHEEL

WU

OY
IC21-1

IC31-15

IC21-2

IC31-5

IC21-3

IC31-17

OY

YU

YU

YR

YR

YU

B

IC30-2

B

Y

CA56
-2

NOTE: CD Auto-Changer –
no connector codes are assigned.

YU

OY

WU

BO

DD5
DD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

DD6
DD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

RD6
RD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

RD5
RD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)

PD5
PD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

PD6
PD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

RP6
RP6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

RP5
RP5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)

IC2-4

B
IC30-12

OY

NOT USED

IC30-11
IC21-8

YU

DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)

WU

B

B

B

CA56
-1

ICS8

IC30-8
IC21-7

OY

YU

YU

B

IC21-6

WU
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)

BO

IC3-11

IC31-7

IC21-5

U

RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)

CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)

IC3-12

G
AUDIO
NETWORK

CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)

IC3-5

R

IC21-4

CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)

IC3-6

W

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)

IC3-7

IC31-4

RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)

BO

BW

ICS10

B

B

CD AUTO-CHANGER
POWER AMPLIFIER

IC20

BT22R

NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation –
refer to Fig. 17.2 for CD Auto-Changer circuit.

‘A’ POST
TWEETER

FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS

REAR DOOR
MID-BASS

LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

REAR DOOR
TWEETER

XJ Series 2000

Radio Telephone

Fig. 17.1

Radio Telephone

TELEPHONE
ANTENNA

NR

67

NR

NR
RT3-16

NR

RT3-19
B+

G

WG

I

GO

RT3-25

UY

RT3-10

RT3-5

UY

RT3-20

GW

RT3-22

W
RT64-1

BRD

W
RT66-1

BRD
RT66-2

RT64-2

RT5-10

BRD

RT1-1

16.2

16.1

16.2

16.1

16.2

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

RT2-9

RT3-7

Y

W
RT5-12

16.1

U

U
RT5-11

16.2

RT2-7

GW
W

16.1

RT2-3

UY

RT65

16.2

RT2-1

UY

B+

RT2-10

16.1

RT2-2

UY

RT3-4

28

U

U

B+

RTS2

RT2-8

RT5-9

RT1-10

RT3-21

W

G
RT5-1

U

RT1-7

RT5-10

RT3-24

RT5-2

RT3-7

W

W

R

U
RT1-1

RT1-3

RT3-8

RT5-9

Y
RT1-10

RT3-21

G

BRD
RT5-1

W
RT1-7

RT3-24

YR

Y
RT5-3

RT1-4

RT3-11

YR

YR

Y
RT5-8

RT1-5

RTS8

RT3-12

W

N
RT5-5

Y

W
RTS7

RT1-6

RT5-3

RT3-18

B

B
RT5-6

RT5-4

RT1-8

G
RTS6

BRD

RT5-5

RT3-1

RT3-12

RT1-9

W
RT1-6

RT3-8

B

B
RT5-6

BRD

O

Y

RT1-5

N

BRD

RT5-8

RT5-4

RT3-23

G

RT3-11

YR

O

RT1-2

O

YR
RT1-4

B
RT1-2

RT3-6

RT5-7

HANDSET

RT1-8

YR

BRD
O

Y
RT5-8

RT3-23

G

U

RT3-6

B

BRD
RT3-1

RT1-9

HANDSET

RT10-4

W
RT10-5

G
RT10-7

R

HANDSET TO TELEPHONE CONTROL MODULE CIRCUIT
(FRONT HANDSET ONLY VEHICLES)

R

RT10-3

RT3-2

Y

Y

RT10-6

RT3-9

REAR HANDSET

Y

Y

CA67-1

RT3-15

RT2-4

BRD

BRD

CA67-2

RT2-5

RT3-14

MICROPHONE

B
RT3-3
RTS3

B
RT3-17

B
CELLULAR TELEPHONE
CONTROL MODULE
RT2-6

B

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
(FRONT AND REAR HANDSETS)

CELLULAR TELEPHONE
CONTROL MODULE

CAS50

B
CA38R

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Navigation System

WG

13
II

B+

NV1-3

55
29

CAN

21.2

Y

21.1

NR
IC12-8

WG

I

C +

IC12-7

Navigation System

B+
W

B+

IC40-1

NV1-15

VEHICLE SPEED
CAN

21.2

G

21.1

OY

C –
NV1-16

BK

NV1-17

IC41-1

BRD

IC41-2

IC40-2

OY

VEHICLE SPEED

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA

IC12-15

NV2-1

BK
NV1-4

FCS7

REVERSE

VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE

FC17L

G
IC30-10

IC12-10

Y

PREMIIUM ICE
AUDIO

Y

Y

IC12-16

09.2

IC2-3

REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

AUDIO –

AUDIO +

IC30-6

IC12-9

O
IC30-4

O

IC12-4

O
IC21-1

IC17-1

IC21-2

IC17-2

IC21-3

IC17-3

W

W

R

R

G

G
PREMIUM ICE
AUDIO
NETWORK

IC21-4

B

PREMIUM ICE
AUDIO
NETWORK

IC17-4

B

IC21-5

IC17-5

IC21-6

IC17-6

IC21-7

IC17-7

IC21-8

IC17-8

U

U

Y

Y

B

B

NOTE: CD Auto-Changer – no
connector codes are assigned.

CD AUTO-CHANGER
(PREMIUM ICE)

POWER AMPLIFIER
(PREMIUM ICE)

O
IC19-1

O
W
R
G
B
U
Y
B

IC5-1

W
IC19-2

IC5-2

R
IC19-3

STANDARD ICE
AUDIO
NETWORK

IC5-3

G
IC19-4

AUDIO
NETWORK

IC5-4

B
IC19-5

NOTE: Navigation Control Module to CD
Auto-Changer flying lead. No connector
codes are assigned.

IC5-5

U
IC19-6

CD AUTO-CHANGER
(STANDARD ICE)

IC5-6

Y
IC19-7

IC5-7

B
IC19-8

IC5-8

BRD
IC11-23

IC12-12

U

STANDARD ICE
AUDIO

IC11-10

IC12-11

O
IC11-22

IC12-13

AUDIO –

BK
IC12-1

BK

BK
IC2-9

BTS18

AUDIO +
BT24*
* NOTE: BT22L, Premium ICE Vehicles.

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
(NAVIGATION DISPLAY)

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: Navigation Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 17.2

XJ Series 2000

Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners

Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners

CASSETTE

W

5

B+

II

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

YR

CA61-10

CA61-5

OY

21.3

Y

O

SW11-1

SW10-1

DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG

D
CA61-9
CASSETTE

YU
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.2

Y

YR
FC5-10

Y

CA61-11

O

SW10-3

SW11-3

CA61-7

RW

Y

O

FC5-35

CA61-40

STEERING WHEEL

Y

O

RG

CA61-13

CA81-1

PASSENGER SIDE
AIRBAG

YR

KP

CA61-14

Y

CA81-3

O POWER

CA15-2

CA61-22

U

LH IMPACT SENSOR

I

CA15-3

CA61-20

CA61-1

GROUND

CA15-1

BW

O

R

CA62-1

CA61-24

RW
CA61-2

CA61-3

O POWER

CA22-2

CA62-2

BW

O

Y

CA65-1

CA61-23

U

RH IMPACT SENSOR

RW

I

CA22-3

CA61-4

CA61-21

R

LH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER

RH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER

CA65-2

GROUND

CA22-1

CA61-25

Y

O
CA61-16

Y
SD15-1 (LHD)
SP15-1 (RHD)

CA66-1

LH SIDE AIRBAG

YU
CA61-17

YR

Y

O

SD15-2 (LHD)
SP15-2 (RHD)

CA66-3

CA61-18

Y
SP15-1 (LHD)
SD15-1 (RHD)

CA72-1

RH SIDE AIRBAG

BK

I
CA61-6

YR
CA61-19

YR
SP15-2 (LHD)
SD15-2 (RHD)

CA72-3

CA48

AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE
RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY.
DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 18.1

XJ Series 2000

Reverse Parking Aid System

W

24
I

BT71-1

B+

Reverse Parking Aid System

U
BT71-2

BT70-1

R
BT71-10

REVERSE LAMP: ACTIVATED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

Y

09.2

BT70-2

PARKING AID
SOUNDER

I
BT71-6

WR

O
RB1-8

RB5-1

W

I
RB1-4

RB5-2

WU
RB1-11

RB5-3

RH SENSOR

GW

O
RB1-1

RB4-1

GO

I
RB1-2

RB4-2

GU
RB1-6

RB4-3

CENTER RH SENSOR

BG

O
RB1-7

RB3-1

BO

I
RB1-3

RB3-2

BW
RB1-10

RB3-3

CENTER LH SENSOR

NR

O
RB1-9

B

B
BTS1

I

RB2-1

NG

I
RB1-5

BT71-16

RB2-2

NW
RB1-12

BT21L

RB2-3

LH SENSOR

REVERSE PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

Fig. 19.1

XJ Series 2000

Ancillaries

YB
N

13

#11 10A

B+

YB

LF7-1

LF48

5

CASSETTE

GU

GU
SW2-1

SW1-1

GU

BK

HP3

SW2-5

SW1-5

BK
SCS1

BK

5

1

2

Y

BK

LF49
LF20R

LF7-5

GW
Y

LF6-6

LF46

HORN
CONTROL

HORN RELAY (#6)

FCS28

SC2-9

5
#13 10A

FC15-4

CASSETTE

B

3

I

SC3-1

RH HORN

B

FC15-80
HP1

GW

O

FC17R

FC15-70

LH HORN

B
LFS10

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

HORN SWITCHES

Fig. 20.1

Ancillaries

GW
EM3-1

LF47

B
LF18R
EM1-10

STEERING WHEEL
LOGIC

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

POWER

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

HORNS

NG

26

BT25-1
BT12-1

#11 10A

BTS6

BT25-3

NW

NW

11

TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR

UY

UY

FCS5

3

5

2

1

EP1-10

NW
FC23-11

EP1-11

BT25-2
BT12-5

#13

1

NW
EPS2

NW

B
1

NW
FC23-10

BT21R

WR

10.2

RU

RU

18

FC23-1

I

BT11-6

10.2

EP1-1

RU

RU
FC23-2

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)

10.2

EP1-2

WR

WR
FC23-3

TRUNK FUSE BOX
10.2

NG

25

PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR

UY
BT4-C

RW
FC23-4

CA71-1

UY

EP1-3

RW

CA71-3

B

10.2

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

EP1-4

Y

Y
FC23-5

10.2

EP1-5

G

G
FC23-6

CA71-2

10.2

EP1-6

R

R
FC23-7

CA31R

10.2

EP1-7

R

R
FC23-8

10.2

EP1-8

UY

UY
FC23-12

B

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

EP1-12

B

B
EPS1

FC23-9

DIMMER MODULE

FC29R

30

WU

B

I

CA74-2

CA74-1

NW

FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER

EP4

CA47L

NW
EP2-2

5A

EP2-1

B
EP3

31

WU

B

I

CA75-2

CA75-1

ELECTRONIC
ROAD PRICING MODULE

REAR CIGAR LIGHTER
CA47R

ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING

CIGAR LIGHTERS

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

EP1-9

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

+

Y

C
LF27-5

–

Y

LF27-15

C +

Y

C
EM7-86

G
EM1-7

+

EM7-83

EM1-6

G

C

CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 N/A

C –

–

C +

EM7-85

Y

C
EM83-25

G

C

EM7-82

+

EM83-24

C –

–

Y
EM2-7

G

C

EM83-15

EM83-16

Y

Y

FCS23

G

G
FCS24

EM2-6

C +

+

G
FC7-2

Y

C

CC14-4

FC7-8

CC14-9

C –

Fig. 21.1

CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 N/A

–

CC14-8

C +

NGU

12

G

W

18

C –

B+

II

FC24-24

FC11-15

CC6-9

WR

16
I

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

CC6-8

WU

3
II

+

B+
CC6-16

FC24-11

G

C

CC14-3

Y
FC11-12

CC6-1

Y

C
NV1-15

–

G

C

+

Y

C
FC24-10

NV1-16
–

G

C
FC24-23

VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE

Y

C +
CC6-6

FC7-10

G

C –
CC6-14

FC7-9

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
U

S –
FC24-14

Y

S +
FC24-13

INSTRUMENT PACK

–

U

S

U
FCS2

FC15-84
+

Y

S

CA222

+

S

U
U
U

U

U
BT1-16

BT4-15

Y

Y
BT1-8

BT4-16

-1
-2

-6

-4

-7

-5

-3
-8

Y
Y
Y

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

–

U

U

S
DD10-9

+

Y

FC1
-32

FC1
-48

Y
BK

-16

-14

-17

-11

-13

U
U
U
U
U
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

CCS4

U

U
CA23-5

Y

S –
S +
SD3-9

U

U
CA46-2

Y

Y
CA46-3

CA8-3

S –
RD10-9

S +

RD10-16

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CA223

U

U

S
PD10-9

+

CC3L

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

-18

-9

CA11-2

Y

Y

S

-10

PD10-16

-8
-18

CA11-3

-19

U
U
U
Y
Y
Y

U

U

Y

S –
SP3-10

CA27-5

Y
CA27-6

S +
SP3-9

-20

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

U

U
CA45-2

S –
RP10-9

Y

Y
CA45-3

S +

RP10-16

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

BK
CC6-5

BK

SD3-10

Y
CA23-6

Y

Y

S

-15
-12

CA8-2

DD10-16

–

S +
CC6-2

CA19-5

CC6-4

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
S

U

S –
CC6-10

Y
FCS3

FC15-85

–

U
CA19-4

VARIANT: AJ27 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

XJ Series 2000

+

Y

C
LF27-5

–

Y

G
LF27-15

Y

C +

+

Y

C

EM83-24

EMS31

EM1-6

C

CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 SC

G

EM83-25

G

C –

–

G

C

EM83-15

EMS32

EM1-7

Y
EM2-7

EM83-16

Y
FCS23

G
EM2-6

Y
FC7-8

G
FCS24

C +

+

Y

C

CC14-4

CC14-9

G
FC7-2

C –

–

CC14-8

C +

NG

12

G

W

18

C –

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

B+

II

FC24-24

FC11-15

CC6-9

WR

I

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE

CC6-8

WU

3
II

+

Y

C

+

NV1-15

G

C

CC6-1

Y

C

EM62-H
–

B+
CC6-16

FC24-11

G

C

CC14-3

Y
FC11-12

16
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

Fig. 21.2

CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 SC

–

G

C

EM62-L

NV1-16

+

Y

C
FC24-10

VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE

–

Y

G

C
FC24-23

C +
CC6-6

FC7-10

G

C –
CC6-14

FC7-9

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
U

S –
FC24-14

Y

S +
FC24-13

INSTRUMENT PACK

–

U

S

U
FCS2

FC15-84
+

Y

S

CA222

BT4-15

Y

Y

S

U
U
U

U

U

S
BT1-16

BT1-8

BT4-16

-1
-2

-6

-4

-7

-5

-3
-8

Y
Y
Y

SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE

–

U

U

S
DD10-9

+

Y

FC1
-32

FC1
-48

Y
BK

-16

-14

-17

-11

-13

U
U
U
U
U
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

CCS4

U

U
CA23-5

Y

S –
S +
SD3-9

U

U
CA46-2

Y

Y
CA46-3

CA8-3

S –
RD10-9

S +

RD10-16

DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CA223

U

U

S
PD10-9

+

CC3L

DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

-18

-9

CA11-2

Y

Y

S

-10

PD10-16

-8
-18

CA11-3

-19

U
U
U
Y
Y
Y

U

U

Y

S –
SP3-10

CA27-5

Y
CA27-6

S +
SP3-9

-20

PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE

U

U
CA45-2

S –
RP10-9

Y

Y
CA45-3

S +

RP10-16

PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

BK
CC6-5

BK

SD3-10

Y
CA23-6

Y

Y

S

-15
-12

CA8-2

DD10-16

–

S +
CC6-2

CA19-5

CC6-4

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

+

U

S –
CC6-10

Y
FCS3

FC15-85

–

U
CA19-4

VARIANT: AJ27 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

XJ Series 2000

Serial Data Links

G

D

G

FC15-13

G

FC5-7

LF3-13

LF21-4

Y

D

ACTIVE SECURITY
SOUNDER
(ROW ONLY)

FC15-39

YB

D

Fig. 21.3

Serial Data Links

FC15-92

YR

D
FC15-21

BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE

SECURITY SYSTEM
SERIAL LINK
YR

D
FC22-11

YB

D
FC22-9

Y

D

FCS30

FC22-17

W

D
FC22-16

O

D
FC22-6

KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE

O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE

W

D
EM82-15

EM82-16

W

II

Y

WR

I
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming

FCCP

II

CC6-1

ECM PROGRAMMING LINK

EM80-27
VFP

CC6-8

WU

3

U

D

U
W

EM80-19

EM80-18

W

EMS39

W

O

EM80-17

W

EM3-3

O

D

EMS40

O

O
FCS16

O

O

CCS11

SERIAL DATA LINK

BK
CC6-4

BK

CCS4

OY
W

OY
CA19-2

D
CA61-9

O

NOTE: Serial Data Link
W wire – serial input
O wire – serial output
O wire only – bi-directional serial communication

AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR

EM68-10

W

ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE

CC6-5

BK

EM68-28

D

DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

CC3L

D
CC31-10

O

D
CC31-21

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

1

6

7

49

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1
1
II

4
II

50

85

Fig. 01.3

5
II

49
E

48
II

62
E

I

Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5

19
I

D
CC6-7

NOTE: EMS39, EMS40 – Adaptive Damping vehicles only.

D

D
CC6-15

O
FC11-16

W

W
CCS10

FC11-17

EM3-2

ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

D
CC6-13

EM53-19

W

D

D
CC6-12

EM53-18

W

D

B+
CC6-9

16

EM2-13

B+
CC6-16

18

EM2-15

Y

D

NG

12

W

Input

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

Serial and Encoded Communications

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1
O Output

D

VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: F00103
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999

➞

XJ Series 2000

Appendix

This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.

Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix:
ABS/TCCM
BPM
DIAG
DDCM
DRDCM
DSCM
ECM
INST
J-GATE
PDCM
PRDCM
PSCM
R
T
TCM
SLCM

DATE OF ISSUE:

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module
Body Processor Module
Diagnostics
Driver Door Control Module
Driver Rear Door Control Module
Driver Seat Control Module
Engine Control Module
Instrument Pack
Gear Selector Illumination Module
Passenger Door Control Module
Passenger Rear Door Control Module
Passenger Seat Control Module
Receive
Transmit
Transmission Control Module
Security and Locking Control Module

October 1999

i

Appendix

XJ Series 2000

CAN Message Matrix

ii

CAN traction acknowledge

ECM

X

CAN traction control estimated engine torque

ECM

X

CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque

ECM

X

X

CAN throttle position

ECM

X

X

CAN pedal position

ECM

X

X

CAN torque reduction acknowledge

ECM

X

CAN engine speed

ECM

X

CAN brake pedal pressed

ECM

CAN speed control status

ECM

CAN parking brake status

ECM

CAN OBDII clear fault codes

ECM

X

CAN engine coolant temperature

ECM

X

CAN engine OBDII MIL

ECM

X

X

CAN throttle malfunction red

ECM

X

X

CAN throttle malfunction amber

ECM

X

X

CAN ECM fault code MIL status

ECM

X

CAN ECM PECUS flag

ECM

CAN engine fault codes

ECM

CAN fuel used

ECM

CAN barometric pressure

ECM

CAN torque reduction request

TCM

X

CAN transmission overload

TCM

X

CAN transmission input speed

TCM

X

X

CAN transmission output speed

TCM

X

X

CAN torque converter slip

TCM

X

X

CAN kickdown

TCM

X

X

CAN gear position actual

TCM

X

X

CAN torque converter status

TCM

X

X

CAN gear position selected

TCM

X

X

X

CAN gear selection fault

TCM

X

X

X

CAN transmission shift map

TCM

X

X

X

X

X

DIAG

J-GATE

INST

ABS/TCCM

Source

TCM

Message / Function

ECM

Receivers

X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X

X

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

XJ Series 2000

Appendix

CAN transmission malfunction

TCM

X

CAN TCM PECUS flag

TCM

CAN gear position target (not used)

TCM

X

CAN torque transfer in progress (not used)

TCM

X

CAN TCM fault code MIL status

TCM

X

CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge

TCM

X

CAN transmission fault codes

TCM

X

CAN torque reduction throttle

ABS/TCCM

X

CAN fast torque reduction ignition

ABS/TCCM

X

CAN fast torque reduction cylinder

ABS/TCCM

X

CAN traction status

ABS/TCCM

X

CAN traction shift map

ABS/TCCM

CAN ABS PECUS flag

ABS/TCCM

CAN vehicle reference speed

ABS/TCCM

CAN reference distance traveled

ABS/TCCM

CAN ABS fault codes

ABS/TCCM

X

CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge

ABS/TCCM

X

CAN ABS fault code MIL status

ABS/TCCM

X

CAN ABS malfunction

ABS/TCCM

X

CAN front left wheel speed

ABS/TCCM

X

X

CAN front right wheel speed

ABS/TCCM

X

X

CAN rear left wheel speed

ABS/TCCM

X

X

CAN rear right wheel speed

ABS/TCCM

X

X

CAN sidelight status

INST

X

CAN dipped beam status

INST

X

CAN main beam status

INST

X

CAN oil pressure low

INST

X

CAN trip units

INST

X

CAN fuel level damped

INST

X

CAN fuel level raw

INST

X

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

DIAG

X

J-GATE

TCM

INST

CAN transmission oil temperature

Message / Function

TCM

Source

ECM

ABS/TCCM

Receivers

X
X

X
X

X

X
X
X

X

X
X

X

X

iii

Appendix

XJ Series 2000

CAN Message Matrix

iv

X

X

X

X

DIAG

INST

X

J-GATE

ABS/TCCM

Source

TCM

Message / Function

ECM

Receivers

CAN NWM token ECM

ECM

CAN NWM token TCM

TCM

X

CAN NWM token INST

INST

X

X

CAN NWM token ABS

ABS/TCCM

X

X

CAN diagnostic data in ECM

DIAG

X

CAN diagnostic data in TCM

DIAG

CAN diagnostic data in INST

DIAG

CAN diagnostic data in ABS

DIAG

CAN diagnostic data out ECM

ECM

X

CAN diagnostic data out TCM

TCM

X

CAN diagnostic data out INST

INST

X

CAN diagnostic data out ABS

ABS/TCCM

X

X
X

X
X
X

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

XJ Series 2000

Appendix

SCP Message Matrix
#

Message Name

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

Vehicle speed
Brake pedal pressed
Module not programmed
Left hand drive vehicle
Valet mode OFF
Non-superlocking vehicle
Trailer disconnected
Right hand drive vehicle
Valet mode ON
Superlocking ON
Trailer connected
Reverse gear selected
Not-in-park switch – inactive
Not-in-park switch – active
Engine running
Charging OK
Inertia switch – inactive
Inertia switch – active
Ignition switch status
Key not-in-ignition
Key in-ignition
Seatbelt telltale OFF
Low washer fluid warning OFF
Seatbelt telltale ON
Low washer fluid warning ON
Security audible indication
Remote panic enabled
Intrusion sensing disabled
Security disarm
Ignition key invalid
Intrusion breach
Intrusion self-check failure
Intrusion sensing enabled
Security armed
Ignition key valid
Memory set chime
Recall memory 1
Recall memory 2
Recall memory 3
Set memory 1
Set memory 2
Set memory 3
Stop memory recall
Memory LED OFF
Memory recall cancelled
Memory LED ON
Mirror fold-flat
Mirror fold-out
Stop mirror
Driver mirror up
Passenger mirror up
Driver mirror down
Passenger mirror down
Passenger mirror right
Passenger mirror left
Unlock all doors

INST

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

DRDCM PRDCM

SLCM

T .............. R ............. R ..............................................................................................................
T .............. R ....................................................................................................................... R .....
R ............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....
............... T ............. R ..................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ............. R ..................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
T ................................................. R .................................................................................... R .....
............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
T .............. R ................................................................................................................................
T ......................................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
R ............. T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R .............. R .....
............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....
............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
............... R .............. T .............. T .................................................................................... T .....
............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
...................................................................................................................................................
............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
...................................................................................................................................................
............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... R .................................................................................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................
............... T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............................. R ........................................
................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
.............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................

continued…

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

v

Appendix

XJ Series 2000

SCP Message Matrix
#

Message Name

57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114

Unlock fuel filler flap
Remote unlock
Remote trunk release
Lock all doors
Lock fuel filler flap
Superlock all doors
Remote superlock
Remote lock
Vehicle unlocked
Driver front door unlocked
Passenger front door unlocked
Exterior trunk release disabled
Driver door lock cylinder status
Passenger door lock cylinder status
Remote transmitter ID
Vehicle locked
Driver front door locked
Passenger front door locked
Exterior trunk release enabled
Central locking switch active
Open trunk
Hood closed
Driver front door closed
Passenger front door closed
Driver rear door closed
Passenger rear door closed
Trunk closed
Hood ajar
Driver front door ajar
Passenger front door ajar
Driver rear door ajar
Passenger rear door ajar
Trunk ajar
Exterior trunk release active
Driver seat exit position
Driver seat entry / exit mode initiated
Sunroof position status
Stop global window close
Stop sunroof close
Stop passenger front window
Stop driver rear window
Stop passenger rear window
Rear window switches – enable
Open passenger front window
Open driver rear window
Open passenger rear window
Global close windows
Close driver front window
Close sunroof
Close passenger front window
Close driver rear window
Close passenger rear window
Inhibit rear window switches
Tail lamp failure
Stop lamp failure
Tail lamps OK
Stop lamps OK
Rear fog lamps OFF

vi

INST

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

DRDCM PRDCM

SLCM

................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
............... R ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............................... T .....
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... R .............. T .............. T .............................................................................................
................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
.............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
............... R .............. T .............. R ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
............... R ............. R ............. T ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
....................................................................................................... R ............................... T .....
............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
............... T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
................................ R ..............................................................................................................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

XJ Series 2000

#

Message Name

115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140

Remote headlamps OFF
Rear fog lamps ON
Remote headlamps ON
Dip beam OFF
Side lamps OFF
Hazard lamps OFF
Left DI lamps OFF
Right DI lamps OFF
Main beam OFF
Rear fog lamps OFF
Main beam flash disabled
Dip beam ON
Side lamps ON
Hazard lamps ON
Left DI lamps ON
Right DI lamps ON
Main beam ON
Rear fogs status – ON
Main beam flash enabled
Interior lights OFF
Interior lights ON
Valet mode message OFF
Valet mode message
Wake-up network
Network status – awake
Entering sleep mode

DATE OF ISSUE:

October 1999

INST

Appendix

BPM

DDCM

PDCM

DSCM

PSCM

DRDCM PRDCM

SLCM

............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....
T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ...
T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ....... . T / R ...

vii



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 1999:10:10 09:18:03
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 3.01 for Power Macintosh
Subject                         : X300 00/E  COVER
Creator                         : Adobe PageMaker 6.5
Title                           : X300 00/E  COVER
Author                          : 
Modify Date                     : 1999:12:07 11:59:45
Page Count                      : 155
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools